~ubuntu-branches/ubuntu/oneiric/gdm3/oneiric : revision 1

1

msgid ""

2

msgstr ""

3

"Project-Id-Version: gdm\n"

4

"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-27 04:04+0000\n"

5

"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-01 13:04+0100\n"

6

"Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n"

7

"Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n"

8

"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"

9

"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"

10

"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

11

12

#: C/legal.xml:2(para)

13

#: C/gdm.xml:2(para)

14

msgid "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">link</ulink> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual."

15

msgstr "Tillstånd att kopiera, distribuera och/eller modifiera detta dokument ges under villkoren i GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), version 1.1 eller senare, utgivet av Free Software Foundation utan standardavsnitt och omslagstexter. En kopia av GFDL finns att hämta på denna <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">länk</ulink> eller i filen COPYING-DOCS som medföljer denna handbok."

16

17

#: C/legal.xml:12(para)

18

#: C/gdm.xml:12(para)

19

msgid "This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license."

20

msgstr "Denna handbok utgör en av flera GNOME-handböcker som distribueras under villkoren i GFDL. Om du vill distribuera denna handbok separat från övriga handböcker kan du göra detta genom att lägga till en kopia av licensavtalet i handboken enligt instruktionerna i avsnitt 6 i licensavtalet."

21

22

#: C/legal.xml:19(para)

23

#: C/gdm.xml:19(para)

24

msgid "Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters."

25

msgstr "Flera namn på produkter och tjänster är registrerade varumärken. I de fall dessa namn förekommer i GNOME-dokumentation - och medlemmarna i GNOME-dokumentationsprojektet är medvetna om dessa varumärken - är de skrivna med versaler eller med inledande versal."

26

27

#: C/legal.xml:35(para)

28

#: C/gdm.xml:35(para)

29

msgid "DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND"

30

msgstr "DOKUMENTET TILLHANDAHÅLLS I \"BEFINTLIGT SKICK\" UTAN NÅGRA SOM HELST GARANTIER, VARE SIG UTTRYCKLIGA ELLER UNDERFÖRSTÅDDA, INKLUSIVE, MEN INTE BEGRÄNSAT TILL, GARANTIER ATT DOKUMENTET ELLER EN MODIFIERAD VERSION AV DOKUMENTET INTE INNEHÅLLER NÅGRA FELAKTIGHETER, ÄR LÄMPLIGT FÖR ETT VISST ÄNDAMÅL ELLER INTE STRIDER MOT LAG. HELA RISKEN VAD GÄLLER KVALITET, EXAKTHET OCH UTFÖRANDE AV DOKUMENTET OCH MODIFIERADE VERSIONER AV DOKUMENTET LIGGER HELT OCH HÅLLET PÅ ANVÄNDAREN. OM ETT DOKUMENT ELLER EN MODIFIERAD VERSION AV ETT DOKUMENT SKULLE VISA SIG INNEHÅLLA FELAKTIGHETER I NÅGOT HÄNSEENDE ÄR DET DU (INTE DEN URSPRUNGLIGA SKRIBENTEN, FÖRFATTAREN ELLER NÅGON ANNAN MEDARBETARE) SOM FÅR STÅ FÖR ALLA EVENTUELLA KOSTNADER FÖR SERVICE, REPARATIONER ELLER KORRIGERINGAR. DENNA GARANTIFRISKRIVNING UTGÖR EN VÄSENTLIG DEL AV DETTA LICENSAVTAL. DETTA INNEBÄR ATT ALL ANVÄNDNING AV ETT DOKUMENT ELLER EN MODIFIERAD VERSION AV ETT DOKUMENT BEVILJAS ENDAST UNDER DENNA ANSVARSFRISKRIVNING;"

31

32

#: C/legal.xml:55(para)

33

#: C/gdm.xml:55(para)

34

msgid "UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."

35

msgstr "UNDER INGA OMSTÄNDIGHETER ELLER INOM RAMEN FÖR NÅGON LAGSTIFTNING, OAVSETT OM DET GÄLLER KRÄNKNING (INKLUSIVE VÅRDSLÖSHET), KONTRAKT ELLER DYLIKT, SKA FÖRFATTAREN, DEN URSPRUNGLIGA SKRIBENTEN ELLER ANNAN MEDARBETARE ELLER ÅTERFÖRSÄLJARE AV DOKUMENTET ELLER AV EN MODIFIERAD VERSION AV DOKUMENTET ELLER NÅGON LEVERANTÖR TILL NÅGON AV NÄMNDA PARTER STÄLLAS ANSVARIG GENTEMOT NÅGON FÖR NÅGRA DIREKTA, INDIREKTA, SÄRSKILDA ELLER OFÖRUTSEDDA SKADOR ELLER FÖLJDSKADOR AV NÅGOT SLAG, INKLUSIVE, MEN INTE BEGRÄNSAT TILL, SKADOR BETRÄFFANDE FÖRLORAD GOODWILL, HINDER I ARBETET, DATORHAVERI ELLER NÅGRA ANDRA TÄNKBARA SKADOR ELLER FÖRLUSTER SOM KAN UPPKOMMA PÅ GRUND AV ELLER RELATERAT TILL ANVÄNDNINGEN AV DOKUMENTET ELLER MODIFIERADE VERSIONER AV DOKUMENTET, ÄVEN OM PART SKA HA BLIVIT INFORMERAD OM MÖJLIGHETEN TILL SÅDANA SKADOR."

36

37

#: C/legal.xml:28(para)

38

#: C/gdm.xml:28(para)

39

msgid "DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: <placeholder-1/>"

40

msgstr "DOKUMENTET OCH MODIFIERADE VERSIONER AV DOKUMENTET TILLHANDAHÅLLS UNDER VILLKOREN I GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE ENDAST UNDER FÖLJANDE FÖRUTSÄTTNINGAR: <placeholder-1/>"

41

42

#: C/gdm.xml:11(title)

43

msgid "Gnome Display Manager Reference Manual"

44

msgstr "Referenshandbok för Gnome Display Manager"

45

46

#: C/gdm.xml:15(revnumber)

47

msgid "0.0"

48

msgstr "0.0"

49

50

#: C/gdm.xml:16(date)

51

msgid "2006-12"

52

msgstr "2006-12"

53

54

#: C/gdm.xml:21(para)

55

msgid "GDM is the GNOME Display Manager, a graphical login program."

56

msgstr "GDM är GNOME:s displayhanterare, ett grafiskt inloggningsprogram."

57

58

#: C/gdm.xml:28(firstname)

59

msgid "Martin"

60

msgstr "Martin"

61

62

#: C/gdm.xml:28(othername)

63

msgid "K."

64

msgstr "K."

65

66

#: C/gdm.xml:29(surname)

67

msgid "Petersen"

68

msgstr "Petersen"

69

70

#: C/gdm.xml:31(email)

71

msgid "mkp@mkp.net"

72

msgstr "mkp@mkp.net"

73

74

#: C/gdm.xml:35(firstname)

75

msgid "George"

76

msgstr "George"

77

78

#: C/gdm.xml:35(surname)

79

msgid "Lebl"

80

msgstr "Lebl"

81

82

#: C/gdm.xml:37(email)

83

msgid "jirka@5z.com"

84

msgstr "jirka@5z.com"

85

86

#: C/gdm.xml:41(firstname)

87

msgid "Brian"

88

msgstr "Brian"

89

90

#: C/gdm.xml:41(surname)

91

msgid "Cameron"

92

msgstr "Cameron"

93

94

#: C/gdm.xml:43(email)

95

msgid "Brian.Cameron@Sun.COM"

96

msgstr "Brian.Cameron@Sun.COM"

97

98

#: C/gdm.xml:47(firstname)

99

msgid "Bill"

100

msgstr "Bill"

101

102

#: C/gdm.xml:47(surname)

103

msgid "Haneman"

104

msgstr "Haneman"

105

106

#: C/gdm.xml:49(email)

107

msgid "Bill.Haneman@Sun.COM"

108

msgstr "Bill.Haneman@Sun.COM"

109

110

#: C/gdm.xml:54(year)

111

msgid "1998"

112

msgstr "1998"

113

114

#: C/gdm.xml:54(year)

115

msgid "1999"

116

msgstr "1999"

117

118

#: C/gdm.xml:54(holder)

119

msgid "Martin K. Petersen"

120

msgstr "Martin K. Petersen"

121

122

#: C/gdm.xml:57(year)

123

msgid "2001"

124

msgstr "2001"

125

126

#: C/gdm.xml:57(year)

127

#: C/gdm.xml:61(year)

128

#: C/gdm.xml:64(year)

129

msgid "2003"

130

msgstr "2003"

131

132

#: C/gdm.xml:57(year)

133

#: C/gdm.xml:64(year)

134

msgid "2004"

135

msgstr "2004"

136

137

#: C/gdm.xml:58(holder)

138

msgid "George Lebl"

139

msgstr "George Lebl"

140

141

#: C/gdm.xml:61(holder)

142

msgid "Red Hat, Inc."

143

msgstr "Red Hat, Inc."

144

145

#: C/gdm.xml:64(holder)

146

msgid "Sun Microsystems, Inc."

147

msgstr "Sun Microsystems, Inc."

148

149

#: C/gdm.xml:69(releaseinfo)

150

#: C/gdm.xml:78(para)

151

msgid "This manual describes version 2.17.4 of the GNOME Display Manager. It was last updated on 12/13/2006."

152

msgstr "Den här handboken beskriver version 2.17.4 av GNOME:s displayhanterare. Den uppdaterades senast 20061213."

153

154

#: C/gdm.xml:76(title)

155

msgid "Terms and Conventions Used in This Manual"

156

msgstr "Terminologi och standarder använda i den här handboken"

157

158

#: C/gdm.xml:83(para)

159

msgid "Chooser - A program used to select a remote host for managing a display remotely on the local display (<command>gdmchooser</command>)."

160

msgstr "Väljare - Ett program som används för att välja en fjärrvärd för att hantera en fjärrdisplay på lokal display (<command>gdmchooser</command>)."

161

162

#: C/gdm.xml:88(para)

163

msgid "Configurator - The configuration application (<command>gdmsetup</command>)."

164

msgstr "Konfigurator - Konfigurationsprogrammet (<command>gdmsetup</command>)."

165

166

#: C/gdm.xml:93(para)

167

msgid "GDM - Gnome Display Manager. Used to describe the software package as a whole. Sometimes also referred to as GDM2."

168

msgstr "GDM - Gnome Display Manager. Används för att beskriva programvarupaketet som en helhet. Ibland refereras den till som GDM2."

169

170

#: C/gdm.xml:98(para)

171

msgid "gdm - The Gnome Display Manager daemon (<command>gdm</command>)."

172

msgstr "gdm - Gnome Display Manager-demonen (<command>gdm</command>)."

173

174

#: C/gdm.xml:102(para)

175

msgid "Greeter - The graphical login window (<command>gdmlogin</command> or <command>gdmgreeter</command>)."

176

msgstr "Hälsare - Det grafiska inloggningsfönstret (<command>gdmlogin</command> eller <command>gdmgreeter</command>)."

177

178

#: C/gdm.xml:107(para)

179

msgid "GTK+ Greeter - The standard login window (<command>gdmlogin</command>)."

180

msgstr "GTK+-hälsaren - Standardinloggningsfönstret (<command>gdmlogin</command>)."

181

182

#: C/gdm.xml:111(para)

183

msgid "PAM - Pluggable Authentication Mechanism"

184

msgstr "PAM - Pluggable Authentication Mechanism"

185

186

#: C/gdm.xml:115(para)

187

msgid "Themed Greeter - The themable login window ( <command>gdmgreeter</command>)."

188

msgstr ""

189

190

#: C/gdm.xml:120(para)

191

msgid "XDMCP - X Display Manage Protocol"

192

msgstr "XDMCP - X Display Manage Protocol"

193

194

#: C/gdm.xml:124(para)

195

msgid "Paths that start with a word in angle brackets are relative to the installation prefix. I.e. <filename><share>/pixmaps/</filename> refers to <filename><share>/pixmaps</filename> if GDM was configured with <command>--prefix=/usr</command>. Normally also note that GDM is installed with <command>--sysconfigdir=<etc>/X11</command>, meaning any path to which we refer to as <filename><etc>/gdm/PreSession</filename> usually means <filename><etc/X11>/gdm/PreSession</filename>. Note that for interoperability it is recommended that you use a --prefix of <filename>/usr</filename> and a --sysconfdir of <filename><etc>/X11</filename>."

196

msgstr ""

197

198

#: C/gdm.xml:140(title)

199

msgid "Overview"

200

msgstr "Översikt"

201

202

#: C/gdm.xml:143(title)

203

msgid "Introduction"

204

msgstr "Introdution"

205

206

#: C/gdm.xml:147(para)

207

msgid "The Gnome Display Manager (GDM) is a display manager that implements all significant features required for managing local and remote displays. GDM was written from scratch and does not contain any XDM / X Consortium code."

208

msgstr ""

209

210

#: C/gdm.xml:154(para)

211

msgid "For further information about GDM, see the <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnome.org/projects/gdm/\"> the GDM project website</ulink>. Please submit any bug reports or enhancement requests to the \"gdm\" category in <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</ulink>. You can also send a message to the <address><email>gdm-list@gnome.org</email></address> mail list to discuss any issues or concerns with the GDM program."

212

msgstr "För ytterligare information om GDM, se <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnome.org/projects/gdm/\"> GDM-projektets webbsida</ulink>. Skicka in eventuella felrapporter eller förslag på förbättringar till \"gdm\"-kategorin på <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</ulink>. Du kan även skicka ett meddelande till sändlistan <address><email>gdm-list@gnome.org</email></address> för att diskutera tankar eller problem med GDM-programmet."

213

214

#: C/gdm.xml:167(title)

215

msgid "Interface Stability"

216

msgstr "Gränssnittsstabilitet"

217

218

#: C/gdm.xml:171(para)

219

msgid "The key/value pairs defined in the GDM configuration files and the location of these files are considered \"stable\" interfaces and should only change in ways that are backwards compatible. Note that this includes functionality like the GDM scripts (Init, PreSession, PostSession, PostLogin, XKeepsCrashing, etc.); directory locations (ServAuthDir, PidFile, etc.), system applications (SoundProgram), etc. Some configuration values depend on OS interfaces may need to be modified to work on a given OS. Typical examples are HaltCommand, RebootCommand, CustomCommands, SuspendCommand, StandardXServer, Xnest, SoundProgram, and the \"command\" value for each \"server-foo\"."

220

msgstr ""

221

222

#: C/gdm.xml:185(para)

223

msgid "Note: distributions often change the default values of keys to support their platform. Command-line interfaces for GDM programs installed to <filename><bin></filename> and <filename><sbin></filename> are considered stable. Refer to your distribution documentation to see if there are any distribution-specific changes to these GDM interfaces and what support exists for them."

224

msgstr ""

225

226

#: C/gdm.xml:194(para)

227

msgid "As of the GDM 2.15 development series, some one-dash arguments are no longer supported. This includes the \"-xdmaddress\", \"-clientaddress\", and \"-connectionType\" arguments used by <command>gdmchooser</command>. These arguments have been changed to now use two dashes."

228

msgstr ""

229

230

#: C/gdm.xml:202(para)

231

msgid "If issues are discovered that break compatibility, please file a bug with an \"urgent\" priority."

232

msgstr ""

233

234

#: C/gdm.xml:209(title)

235

msgid "The GDM Daemon"

236

msgstr "GDM-demonen"

237

238

#: C/gdm.xml:211(para)

239

msgid "The GDM daemon is responsible for managing displays on the system. This includes authenticating users, starting the user session, and terminating the user session. GDM is configurable and the ways it can be configured are described in the \"Configuring GDM\" section of this document. The <filename>Init</filename>, <filename>PostLogin</filename>, <filename>PreSession</filename>, and <filename>PostSession</filename> scripts discussed below are discussed in this \"Configuring GDM section\"."

240

msgstr ""

241

242

#: C/gdm.xml:222(para)

243

msgid "The GDM daemon supports a UNIX domain socket protocol which can be used to control aspects of its behavior and to query information. This protocol is described in the \"Controlling GDM\" section of this document."

244

msgstr ""

245

246

#: C/gdm.xml:229(para)

247

msgid "GDM can be asked to manage a display a number of ways. Local displays are always managed when GDM starts and will be restarted when a user's session is finished. Displays can be requested via XDMCP, flexible displays can be requested by running the <command>gdmflexiserver</command> command. Displays that are started on request are not restarted on session exit. GDM also provides the <command>gdmdynamic</command> command to allow easier management of displays on a multi-user server. These display types are discussed further in the next section."

248

msgstr ""

249

250

#: C/gdm.xml:241(para)

251

msgid "When the GDM daemon is asked to manage a display, it will fork an X server process, then run the <filename>Init</filename> script as the root user, and start the login GUI dialog as a slave process on the display. GDM can be configured to use either <command>gdmgreeter</command> (the default) or <command>gdmlogin</command> as the GUI dialog program. The <command>gdmlogin</command> program supports accessibility while the <command>gdmgreeter</command> program supports greater themeability. The GUI dialog is run as the unpriviledged \"gdm\" user/group which is described in the \"Security\" section below. The GUI dialog communicates with the daemon via a sockets protocol and via standard input/output. The slave, for example passes the username and password information to the GDM daemon via standard input/output so the daemon can handle the actual authentication."

252

msgstr ""

253

254

#: C/gdm.xml:258(para)

255

msgid "The login GUI dialog screen allows the user to select which session they wish to start and which language they wish to use. Sessions are defined by files that end in the .desktop extension and more information about these files can be found in the \"Configuration\" section. The user enters their name and password and if these successfully authenticate, GDM will start the requested session for the user. It is possible to configure GDM to avoid the authentication process by turning on the Automatic or Timed Login features in the GDM configuration. The login GUI can also be configured to provide additional features to the user, such as the Face Browser; the ability to halt, restart, or suspend the system; and/or edit the login configuration (after entering the root password)."

256

msgstr ""

257

258

#: C/gdm.xml:273(para)

259

msgid "GDM, by default, will use Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) for authentication, but can also support regular crypt and shadow passwords on legacy systems. After authenticating a user, the daemon runs the <filename>PostLogin</filename> script as root, and forks a slave process to start the requested session. This slave process runs the <filename>PreSession</filename> script as root, sets up the user's environment, and starts the requested session. GDM keeps track of the user's default session and language in the user's <filename>~/.dmrc</filename> and will use these defaults if the user did not pick a session or language in the login GUI. On Solaris, GDM (since version 2.8.0.3) uses the SDTLOGIN interface after user authentication to tell the X server to be restarted as the user instead of as root for added security. When the user's session exits, the GDM daemon will run the <filename>PostSession</filename> script as root."

260

msgstr ""

261

262

#: C/gdm.xml:290(para)

263

msgid "Note that, by default, GDM uses the \"gdm\" service name for normal login and the \"gdm-autologin\" service name for automatic login. The <filename>PamStack</filename> configuration option can be used to specify a different service name. For example, if \"foo\" is specified, then GDM will use the \"foo\" service name for normal login and \"foo-autologin\" for automatic login."

264

msgstr ""

265

266

#: C/gdm.xml:300(para)

267

msgid "For those looking at the code, the gdm_verify_user function in <filename>daemon/verify-pam.c</filename> is used for normal login and the gdm_verify_setup_user function is used for automatic login."

268

msgstr ""

269

270

#: C/gdm.xml:308(title)

271

msgid "Different Display Types"

272

msgstr ""

273

274

#: C/gdm.xml:310(para)

275

msgid "GDM supports three different display types: static (local) displays, flexible (on-demand) displays, and XDMCP (remote) displays. The \"X Server Definitions\" and the \"Local Static X Display Configuration\" subsections of the \"Configuration\" section explains how these various types of displays are defined in the GDM configuration file."

276

msgstr ""

277

278

#: C/gdm.xml:319(para)

279

msgid "Local static displays are always started by the daemon, and when they die or are killed, they are restarted. GDM can run as many of these as needed. GDM can also manage displays on which it does not manage a GUI login, thus GDM can be used for supporting X terminals."

280

msgstr ""

281

282

#: C/gdm.xml:326(para)

283

msgid "Flexible, or on demand displays, are started via the socket protocol with the <command>gdmflexiserver</command> command. This feature is only available to users logged in on the console and will display a new login screen. If a flexible display has previously been started on the console, running <command>gdmflexiserver</command> again will display a menu allowing users to switch back to a previous session or start a new flexible session. The <command>gdmflexiserver</command> locks the current session before starting a new flexible display, so the user's password must be entered before returning to an existing session. The <command>gdmflexiserver</command> command can also be used to launch nested <command>Xnest</command> display. These are launched in a window in the user's current session. Nested displays can be started even if not logged into the console and are started by running the <command>gdmflexiserver -n</command> command. Flexible displays are not restarted when the user session ends. Flexible displays require virtual terminal (VT) support in the kernel, and will not be available if not supported (such as on Solaris). Nested displays require that the X server supports Xnest."

284

msgstr ""

285

286

#: C/gdm.xml:347(para)

287

msgid "The last display type is the XDMCP remote displays which are described in the next section. Remote hosts can connect to GDM and present the login screen if this is enabled. Some things are different for remote sessions. For example, the Actions menu which allows you to shut down, restart, suspend, or configure GDM are not shown."

288

msgstr ""

289

290

#: C/gdm.xml:355(para)

291

msgid "Displays started via the <command>gdmdynamic</command> command are treated as local displays, so they are restarted automatically on when the session exits. This command is intended to more effectively manage the displays on a multi-user server (many displays connected to a single server)."

292

msgstr ""

293

294

#: C/gdm.xml:365(title)

295

msgid "XDMCP"

296

msgstr "XDMCP"

297

298

#: C/gdm.xml:369(para)

299

msgid "The GDM daemon can be configured to listen for and manage X Display Manage Protocol (XDMCP) requests from remote displays. By default XDMCP support is turned off, but can be enabled if desired. If GDM is built with TCP Wrapper support, then the daemon will only grant access to hosts specified in the GDM service section in the TCP Wrappers configuration file."

300

msgstr ""

301

302

#: C/gdm.xml:378(para)

303

msgid "GDM includes several measures making it more resistant to denial of service attacks on the XDMCP service. A lot of the protocol parameters, handshaking timeouts etc. can be fine tuned. The defaults should work for most systems, however. Do not change them unless you know what you are doing."

304

msgstr ""

305

306

#: C/gdm.xml:386(para)

307

msgid "GDM listens to UDP port 177 and will respond to QUERY and BROADCAST_QUERY requests by sending a WILLING packet to the originator."

308

msgstr ""

309

310

#: C/gdm.xml:391(para)

311

msgid "GDM can also be configured to honor INDIRECT queries and present a host chooser to the remote display. GDM will remember the user's choice and forward subsequent requests to the chosen manager. GDM also supports an extension to the protocol which will make it forget the redirection once the user's connection succeeds. This extension is only supported if both daemons are GDM. It is transparent and will be ignored by XDM or other daemons that implement XDMCP."

312

msgstr ""

313

314

#: C/gdm.xml:401(para)

315

msgid "Refer to the \"Security\" section for information about security concerns when using XDMCP."

316

msgstr ""

317

318

#: C/gdm.xml:408(title)

319

msgid "Securing Remote Connection Through SSH"

320

msgstr "Säkra upp fjärranslutning genom SSH"

321

322

#: C/gdm.xml:411(para)

323

msgid "As explained in the \"Security\" section, XDMCP does not use any kind of encryption and as such is inherently insecure. As XDMCP uses UDP as a network transport layer, it is not possible to simply secure it through an SSH tunnel."

324

msgstr ""

325

326

#: C/gdm.xml:418(para)

327

msgid "To remedy this problem, gdm can be configured at compilation-time with the option --enable-secureremote, in which case gdm proposes as a built-in session a session called \"Secure Remote Connection\". Starting such a session allows the user to enter the name or the address of the host on which to connect; provided the said host runs an SSH server, the user then gets connected to the server on which the default X session is started and displayed on the local host."

328

msgstr ""

329

330

#: C/gdm.xml:428(para)

331

msgid "Using this session allows a much more secure network connection and only necessitates to have an SSH server running on the remote host."

332

msgstr ""

333

334

#: C/gdm.xml:435(title)

335

msgid "The GTK+ Greeter"

336

msgstr "GTK+-hälsaren"

337

338

#: C/gdm.xml:437(para)

339

msgid "The GTK+ Greeter is the default graphical user interface that is presented to the user. The greeter contains a menu at the top, an optional face browser, an optional logo and a text entry widget. This greeter has full accessibility support, and should be used by users with accessibility needs."

340

msgstr ""

341

342

#: C/gdm.xml:445(para)

343

msgid "The text entry field is used for entering logins, passwords, passphrases etc. <command>gdmlogin</command> is controlled by the underlying daemon and is basically stateless. The daemon controls the greeter through a simple protocol where it can ask the greeter for a text string with echo turned on or off. Similarly, the daemon can change the label above the text entry widget to correspond to the value the authentication system wants the user to enter."

344

msgstr ""

345

346

#: C/gdm.xml:455(para)

347

msgid "The menu bar in the top of the greeter enables the user to select the requested session type/desktop environment, select an appropriate locale/language, halt/restart/suspend the computer, configure GDM (given the user knows the root password), change the GTK+ theme, or start an XDMCP chooser."

348

msgstr ""

349

350

#: C/gdm.xml:463(para)

351

msgid "The greeter can optionally display a logo in the login window. The image must be in a format readable to the gdk-pixbuf library (GIF, JPG, PNG, TIFF, XPM and possibly others), and it must be readable to the GDM user. See the <filename>Logo</filename> option in the reference section below for details."

352

msgstr ""

353

354

#: C/gdm.xml:473(title)

355

msgid "The Themed Greeter"

356

msgstr ""

357

358

#: C/gdm.xml:475(para)

359

msgid "The Themed Greeter is a greeter interface that takes up the whole screen and is very themable. Themes can be selected and new themes can be installed by the configuration application or by setting the <filename>GraphicalTheme</filename> configuration key. The Themed Greeter is much like the GTK+ Greeter in that it is controlled by the underlying daemon, is stateless, and is controlled by the daemon using the same simple protocol."

360

msgstr ""

361

362

#: C/gdm.xml:485(para)

363

msgid "The look and feel of this greeter is really controlled by the theme and so the user interface elements that are present may be different. The only thing that must always be present is the text entry field as described above in the GTK+ Greeter. The theme can include buttons that allow the user to select an appropriate locale/language, halt/restart/suspend the computer, configure GDM (given the user knows the root password), or start an XDMCP chooser."

364

msgstr ""

365

366

#: C/gdm.xml:495(para)

367

msgid "You can always get a menu of available actions by pressing the F10 key. This can be useful if the theme doesn't provide certain buttons when you wish to do some action allowed by the GDM configuration."

368

msgstr ""

369

370

#: C/gdm.xml:503(title)

371

msgid "The GDM Face Browser"

372

msgstr ""

373

374

#: C/gdm.xml:505(para)

375

msgid "GDM supports a face browser which will display a list of users who can login and an icon for each user. This feature can be used with the GTK+ Greeter if the <filename>Browser</filename> configuration option is set to \"true\". This feature can be used with the Themed Greeter if using a GDM theme which includes a \"userlist\" item type is defined, such as \"happygnome-list\""

376

msgstr ""

377

378

#: C/gdm.xml:515(para)

379

msgid "By default, the face browser is disabled since revealing usernames on the login screen is not appropriate on many systems for security reasons. Also GDM requires some setup to specify which users should be visible. Setup can be done on the \"Users\" tab in <command>gdmsetup</command>. This feature is most practical to use on a system with a smaller number of users."

380

msgstr ""

381

382

#: C/gdm.xml:524(para)

383

msgid "The icons used by GDM can be installed globally by the sysadmin or can be located in the users' home directories. If installed globally they should be in the <filename><share>/pixmaps/faces/</filename> directory (though this can be configured with the <filename>GlobalFaceDir</filename> configuration option) and the filename should be the name of the user, optionally with a <filename>.png</filename> appended. Face icons placed in the global face directory must be readable to the GDM user. However, the daemon, proxies user pictures to the greeter and thus those do not have be be readable by the \"gdm\" user, but root."

384

msgstr ""

385

386

#: C/gdm.xml:537(para)

387

msgid "Users may run the <command>gdmphotosetup</command> command to configure the image to use for their userid. This program properly scales the file down if it is larger than the <filename>MaxIconWidth</filename> or <filename>MaxIconHeight</filename> configuration options and places the icon in a file called <filename>~/.face</filename>. Although <command>gdmphotosetup</command> scales user images automatically, this does not guarantee that user images are properly scaled since a user may create their <filename>~/.face</filename> file by hand."

388

msgstr ""

389

390

#: C/gdm.xml:549(para)

391

msgid "GDM will first look for the user's face image in <filename>~/.face</filename>. If not found, it will try <filename>~/.face.icon</filename>. If still not found, it will use the value defined for \"face/picture=\" in the <filename>~/.gnome2/gdm</filename> file. Lastly, it will try <filename>~/.gnome2/photo</filename> and <filename>~/.gnome/photo</filename> which are deprecated and supported for backwards compatibility."

392

msgstr ""

393

394

#: C/gdm.xml:560(para)

395

msgid "If a user has no defined face image, GDM will use the \"stock_person\" icon defined in the current GTK+ theme. If no such image is defined, it will fallback to the image specified in the <filename>DefaultFace</filename> configuration option, normally <filename><share>/pixmaps/nobody.png</filename>."

396

msgstr ""

397

398

#: C/gdm.xml:568(para)

399

msgid "Please note that loading and scaling face icons located in user home directories can be a very time-consuming task. Since it not practical to load images over NIS or NFS, GDM does not attempt to load face images from remote home directories. Furthermore, GDM will give up loading face images after 5 seconds of activity and will only display the users whose pictures it has gotten so far. The <filename>Include</filename> configuration option can be used to specify a set of users who should appear on the face browser. As long as the users to include is of a reasonable size, there should not be a problem with GDM being unable to access the face images. To work around such problems, it is recommended to place face images in the directory specified by the <filename>GlobalFaceDir</filename> configuration option."

400

msgstr ""

401

402

#: C/gdm.xml:584(para)

403

msgid "To control the users who get displayed in the face browser, there are a number of configuration options that can be used. If the <filename>IncludeAll</filename> option is set to true, then the password file will be scanned and all users will be displayed. If <filename>IncludeAll</filename> option is set to false, then the <filename>Include</filename> option should contain a list of users separated by commas. Only the users specified will be displayed. Any user listed in the <filename>Exclude</filename> option and users whose UID's is lower than <filename>MinimalUID</filename> will be filtered out regardless of the <filename>IncludeAll</filename> setting. <filename>IncludeAll</filename> is not recommended for systems where the passwords are loaded over a network (such as when NIS is used), since it can be very slow to load more than a small number of users over the network.."

404

msgstr ""

405

406

#: C/gdm.xml:601(para)

407

msgid "When the browser is turned on, valid usernames on the computer are inherently exposed to a potential intruder. This may be a bad idea if you do not know who can get to a login screen. This is especially true if you run XDMCP (turned off by default)."

408

msgstr ""

409

410

#: C/gdm.xml:610(title)

411

msgid "Logging"

412

msgstr "Loggning"

413

414

#: C/gdm.xml:612(para)

415

msgid "GDM itself will use syslog to log errors or status. It can also log debugging information, which can be useful for tracking down problems if GDM is not working properly. This can be enabled in the configuration file."

416

msgstr ""

417

418

#: C/gdm.xml:619(para)

419

msgid "Output from the various X servers is stored in the GDM log directory, which is configurable, but is usually <filename><var>/log/gdm/</filename>. The output from the session can be found in a file called <filename><display>.log</filename>. Four older files are also stored with <filename>.1</filename> through <filename>.4</filename> appended. These will be rotated as new sessions on that display are started. You can use these logs to view what the X server said when it started up."

420

msgstr ""

421

422

#: C/gdm.xml:631(para)

423

msgid "The output from the user session is redirected to <filename>~/.xsession-errors</filename> before even the <filename>PreSession</filename> script is started. So it is not really necessary to redirect this again in the session setup script. As is usually done. If the user session lasted less then 10 seconds, GDM assumes that the session crashed and allows the user to view this file in a dialog before returning to the login screen. This way the user can view the session errors from the last session and correct the problem this way."

424

msgstr ""

425

426

#: C/gdm.xml:643(para)

427

msgid "You can suppress the 10 second warning by returning code 66 from the <filename>Xsession</filename>script or from your session binary (the default <filename>Xsession</filename> script propagates those codes back). This is useful if you have some sort of special logins for which it is not an error to return less then 10 seconds later, or if you setup the session to already display some error message and the GDM message would be confusing and redundant."

428

msgstr ""

429

430

#: C/gdm.xml:653(para)

431

msgid "The session output is piped through the GDM daemon and so the <filename>~/.xsession-errors</filename> file is capped at about 200 kilobytes by GDM to prevent a possible denial of service attack on the session. An app could perhaps on reading some wrong data print out warnings or errors on the stderr or stdout. This could perhaps fill up the user's home directory who would then have to log out and log back in to clear this. This could be especially nasty if quotas are set. GDM also correctly traps the XFSZ signal and stops writing the file, which would lead to killed sessions if the file was redirected in the old fashioned way from the script."

432

msgstr ""

433

434

#: C/gdm.xml:666(para)

435

msgid "Note that some distributors seem to override the <filename>~/.xsession-errors</filename> redirection and do it themselves in their own Xsession script (set by the <filename>BaseXsession</filename> configuration key) which means that GDM will not be able to trap the output and cap this file. You also lose output from the <filename>PreSession</filename> script which can make debugging things harder to figure out as perhaps useful output of what is wrong will not be printed out. See the description of the <filename>BaseXsession</filename> configuration key for more information, especially on how to handle multiple display managers using the same script."

436

msgstr ""

437

438

#: C/gdm.xml:680(para)

439

msgid "Note that if the session is a failsafe session, or if GDM can't open this file for some reason, then a fallback file will be created in the <filename>/tmp</filename> directory named <filename>/tmp/xses-<user>.XXXXXX</filename> where the <filename>XXXXXX</filename> are some random characters."

440

msgstr ""

441

442

#: C/gdm.xml:688(para)

443

msgid "If you run a system with quotas set, it would be good to delete the <filename>~/.xsession-errors</filename> in the <filename>PostSession</filename> script. Such that this log file doesn't unnecessarily stay around."

444

msgstr ""

445

446

#: C/gdm.xml:697(title)

447

msgid "Accessing Files"

448

msgstr "Komma åt filer"

449

450

#: C/gdm.xml:699(para)

451

msgid "In general GDM is very reluctant regarding reading/writing of user files (such as the <filename>~/.dmrc</filename>, <filename>~/.face</filename>, <filename>~/.xsession-errors</filename>, and <filename>~/.Xauthority</filename> files). For instance it refuses to access anything but regular files. Links, sockets and devices are ignored. The value of the <filename>RelaxPermissions</filename> parameter determines whether GDM should accept files writable by the user's group or others. These are ignored by default."

452

msgstr ""

453

454

#: C/gdm.xml:711(para)

455

msgid "All operations on user files are done with the effective user id of the user. If the sanity check fails on the user's <filename>.Xauthority</filename> file, a fallback cookie is created in the directory specified by the <filename>UserAuthFBDir</filename> configuration setting (<filename>/tmp</filename> by default)."

456

msgstr ""

457

458

#: C/gdm.xml:719(para)

459

msgid "Finally, the sysadmin can specify the maximum file size GDM should accept, and, if the face browser is enabled, a tunable maximum icon size is also enforced. On large systems it is still advised to turn off the face browser for performance reasons. Looking up icons in home directories, scaling and rendering face icons can take a long time."

460

msgstr ""

461

462

#: C/gdm.xml:730(title)

463

msgid "GDM Performance"

464

msgstr "GDM-prestanda"

465

466

#: C/gdm.xml:732(para)

467

msgid "To speed performance it is possible to build GDM so that it will preload libraries when GDM first displays a greeter program. This has been shown to speed first time login since these libraries can be loaded into memory while the user types in their username and password."

468

msgstr ""

469

470

#: C/gdm.xml:740(para)

471

msgid "To use this feature, configure GDM with the <command>--with-prefetch</command> option. This will cause GDM to install the <command>gdmprefetch</command> program to the <filename>libexecdir</filename> directory, install the <filename>gdmprefetchlist</filename> to the <filename><etc>/gdm</filename> directory, and set the <filename>PreFetchProgram</filename> configuration variable so that the <command>gdmprefetch</command> program is called with the default <filename>gdmprefetchlist</filename> file. The default <filename>gdmprefetchlist</filename> file was optimized for a GNOME desktop running on Solaris, so may need fine-tuning on other systems. Alternative prefetchlist files can be contributed to the \"gdm\" category in <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</ulink>, so that they can be included in future GDM releases."

472

msgstr ""

473

474

#: C/gdm.xml:761(title)

475

msgid "Security"

476

msgstr "Säkerhet"

477

478

#: C/gdm.xml:764(title)

479

msgid "PAM"

480

msgstr "PAM"

481

482

#: C/gdm.xml:768(para)

483

msgid "GDM uses PAM for login authentication, though if your machine does not support PAM you can build GDM to work with the password database and the crypt library function."

484

msgstr ""

485

486

#: C/gdm.xml:774(para)

487

msgid "PAM stands for Pluggable Authentication Module, and is used by most programs that request authentication on your computer. It allows the administrator to configure different authentication behavior for different programs."

488

msgstr ""

489

490

#: C/gdm.xml:781(para)

491

msgid "Some GDM features (like turning on automatic login) may require that you update your PAM configuration. PAM configuration has different, but similar, interfaces on different operating systems, so check your pam.d or pam.conf man page for details. Be sure that you read the PAM documentation (e.g. pam.d/pam.conf man page) and are comfortable with the security implications of any changes you intend to make to your configuration."

492

msgstr ""

493

494

#: C/gdm.xml:791(para)

495

msgid "If there is no entry for GDM in your system's PAM configuration file, then features like automatic login may not work. Not having an entry will cause GDM to use default behavior, conservative settings are recommended and probably shipped with your distribution."

496

msgstr ""

497

498

#: C/gdm.xml:798(para)

499

msgid "If you wish to make GDM work with other types of authentication mechanisms (such as a SmartCard), then you should implement this by using a PAM service module for the desired authentication type rather than by trying to modify the GDM code directly. Refer to the PAM documentation on your system. This issue has been discussed on the <address><email>gdm-list@gnome.org</email></address> mail list, so you can refer to the list archives for more information."

500

msgstr ""

501

502

#: C/gdm.xml:810(title)

503

msgid "The GDM User"

504

msgstr "GDM-användaren"

505

506

#: C/gdm.xml:812(para)

507

msgid "For security reasons a dedicated user and group id are required for proper operation! The need to be able to write Xauth files is why user \"nobody\" is not appropriate for gdm."

508

msgstr ""

509

510

#: C/gdm.xml:818(para)

511

msgid "The GDM daemon normally runs as root, as does the slave. However GDM should also have a dedicated user id and a group id which it uses for its graphical interfaces such as <command>gdmgreeter</command> and <command>gdmlogin</command>. These are configured via the <filename>User</filename> and <filename>Group</filename> configuration options in the GDM configuration files. The user and group should be created before running \"make install\". By default GDM assumes the user and the group are called \"gdm\"."

512

msgstr ""

513

514

#: C/gdm.xml:829(para)

515

msgid "This userid is used to run the GDM GUI programs required for login. All functionality that requires root authority is done by the GDM daemon process. This design ensures that if the GUI programs are somehow exploited, only the dedicated user privileges are available."

516

msgstr ""

517

518

#: C/gdm.xml:836(para)

519

msgid "It should however be noted that the GDM user and group have some privileges that make them somewhat dangerous. For one, they have access to the X server authorization directory. It must be able to read and write Xauth keys to <filename><var>/lib/gdm</filename>. This directory should have root:gdm ownership and 1770 permissions. Running \"make install\" will set this directory to these values. The GDM daemon process will reset this directory to proper ownership/permissions if it is somehow not set properly."

520

msgstr ""

521

522

#: C/gdm.xml:847(para)

523

msgid "The danger is that someone who gains the GDM user/group privileges can then connect to any session. So you should not, under any circumstances, make this some user/group which may be easy to get access to, such as the user <filename>nobody</filename>. Users who gain access to the \"gdm\" user could also modify the Xauth keys causing Denial-Of-Service attacks. Also if a person gains the ability to run programs as the user \"gdm\", it would be possible to snoop on running GDM processes, including usernames and passwords as they are being typed in."

524

msgstr ""

525

526

#: C/gdm.xml:859(para)

527

msgid "Distributions and system administrators using GDM are expected to setup the dedicated user properly. It is recommended that this userid be configured to disallow login and to not have a default shell. Distributions and system administrators should set up the filesystem to ensure that the GDM user does not have read or write access to sensitive files."

528

msgstr ""

529

530

#: C/gdm.xml:870(title)

531

msgid "X Server Authentication Scheme"

532

msgstr ""

533

534

#: C/gdm.xml:872(para)

535

msgid "The X server authorization directory (the <filename>ServAuthDir</filename>) is used for a host of random internal data in addition to the X server authorization files, and the naming is really a relic of history. GDM daemon enforces this directory to be owned by <filename>root.gdm</filename> with the permissions of 1770. This way, only root and the GDM group have write access to this directory, but the GDM group cannot remove the root owned files from this directory, such as the X server authorization files."

536

msgstr ""

537

538

#: C/gdm.xml:884(para)

539

msgid "GDM by default doesn't trust the X server authorization directory and treats it in the same way as the temporary directory with respect to creating files. This way someone breaking the GDM user cannot mount attacks by creating links in this directory. Similarly the X server log directory is treated safely, but that directory should really be owned and writable only by root."

540

msgstr ""

541

542

#: C/gdm.xml:893(para)

543

msgid "GDM only supports the MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1 X server authentication scheme. Normally little is gained from the other schemes, and no effort has been made to implement them so far. Be especially careful about using XDMCP because the X server authentication cookie goes over the wire as clear text. If snooping is possible, then an attacker could simply snoop your authentication password as you log in, regardless of the authentication scheme being used. If snooping is possible and undesirable, then you should use ssh for tunneling an X connection rather then using XDMCP. You could think of XDMCP as a sort of graphical telnet, having the same security issues."

544

msgstr ""

545

546

#: C/gdm.xml:906(para)

547

msgid "On the upside, GDM's random number generation is very conservative and GDM goes to extraordinary measures to truly get a 128 bit random number, using hardware random number generators (if available), plus the current time (in microsecond precision), a 20 byte array of pseudorandom numbers, process pid's, and other random information (possibly using <filename>/dev/audio</filename> or <filename>/dev/mem</filename> if hardware random generators are not available) to create a large buffer and then run MD5 digest on this. Obviously, all this work is wasted if you send this cookie over an open network or store it on an NFS directory (see <filename>UserAuthDir</filename> configuration key). So be careful about where you use remote X display."

548

msgstr ""

549

550

#: C/gdm.xml:923(title)

551

msgid "Firewall Security"

552

msgstr "Brandväggssäkerhet"

553

554

#: C/gdm.xml:925(para)

555

msgid "Even though GDM tries to outsmart potential attackers trying to take advantage of XDMCP, it is still advised that you block the XDMCP port (normally UDP port 177) on your firewall unless you really need it. GDM guards against DoS (Denial of Service) attacks, but the X protocol is still inherently insecure and should only be used in controlled environments. Also each remote connection takes up lots of resources, so it is much easier to DoS via XDMCP then a webserver."

556

msgstr ""

557

558

#: C/gdm.xml:935(para)

559

msgid "It is also wise to block all of the X Server ports. These are TCP ports 6000 + the display number of course) on your firewall. Note that GDM will use display numbers 20 and higher for flexible on-demand servers."

560

msgstr ""

561

562

#: C/gdm.xml:942(para)

563

msgid "X is not a very safe protocol for leaving on the net, and XDMCP is even less safe."

564

msgstr ""

565

566

#: C/gdm.xml:949(title)

567

msgid "GDM Security With NFS"

568

msgstr "GDM-säkerhet med NFS"

569

570

#: C/gdm.xml:951(para)

571

msgid "Note that NFS traffic really goes \"over the wire\" and thus can be snooped. When accessing the user's X authorization file (<filename>~/.Xauthority</filename>), GDM will try to open the file for reading as root. If it fails, GDM will conclude that it is on an NFS mount and it will automatically use <filename>UserAuthFBDir</filename>, which by default is set to <filename>/tmp</filename>. This behavior can be changed by setting the <filename>NeverPlaceCookiesOnNFS</filename> in the <filename>[security]</filename> section to false."

572

msgstr ""

573

574

#: C/gdm.xml:965(title)

575

msgid "XDMCP Security"

576

msgstr "XDMCP-säkerhet"

577

578

#: C/gdm.xml:967(para)

579

msgid "Even though your display is protected by cookies, XEvents and thus keystrokes typed when entering passwords will still go over the wire in clear text. It is trivial to capture these."

580

msgstr ""

581

582

#: C/gdm.xml:973(para)

583

msgid "XDMCP is primarily useful for running thin clients such as in terminal labs. Those thin clients will only ever need the network to access the server, and so it seems like the best security policy to have those thin clients on a separate network that cannot be accessed by the outside world, and can only connect to the server. The only point from which you need to access outside is the server."

584

msgstr ""

585

586

#: C/gdm.xml:982(para)

587

msgid "The above sections \"X Server Authentication Scheme\" and \"Firewall Security\" also contain important information about using XDMCP securely. The next section also discusses how to set up XDMCP access control."

588

msgstr ""

589

590

#: C/gdm.xml:989(para)

591

msgid "To workaround the inherent insecurity of XDMCP, gdm proposes a default built-in session that uses SSH to encrypt the remote connection. See the section \"Securing remote connection through SSH\" above."

592

msgstr ""

593

594

#: C/gdm.xml:997(title)

595

msgid "XDMCP Access Control"

596

msgstr ""

597

598

#: C/gdm.xml:999(para)

599

msgid "XDMCP access control is done using TCP wrappers. It is possible to compile GDM without TCP wrappers however, so you should test your configuration and verify that they work."

600

msgstr ""

601

602

#: C/gdm.xml:1005(para)

603

msgid "You should use the daemon name <command>gdm</command> in the <filename><etc>/hosts.allow</filename> and <filename><etc>/hosts.deny</filename> files. For example to deny computers from <filename>.evil.domain</filename> from logging in, then add"

604

msgstr ""

605

606

#: C/gdm.xml:1012(screen)

607

#, no-wrap

608

msgid ""

609

"\n"

610

"gdm: .evil.domain\n"

611

msgstr ""

612

"\n"

613

"gdm: .ond.domän\n"

614

615

#: C/gdm.xml:1015(para)

616

msgid "to <filename><etc>/hosts.deny</filename>. You may also need to add"

617

msgstr ""

618

619

#: C/gdm.xml:1019(screen)

620

#, no-wrap

621

msgid ""

622

"\n"

623

"gdm: .your.domain\n"

624

msgstr ""

625

"\n"

626

"gdm: .din.domän\n"

627

628

#: C/gdm.xml:1022(para)

629

msgid "to your <filename><etc>/hosts.allow</filename> if you normally disallow all services from all hosts. See the <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"man:hosts.allow\">hosts.allow(5)</ulink> man page for details."

630

msgstr ""

631

632

#: C/gdm.xml:1032(title)

633

msgid "Support for ConsoleKit"

634

msgstr "Stöd för ConsoleKit"

635

636

#: C/gdm.xml:1034(para)

637

msgid "GDM includes support for publishing user login information with the user and login session accounting framework known as ConsoleKit. ConsoleKit is able to keep track of all the users currently logged in. In this respect, it can be used as a replacement for the utmp or utmpx files that are available on most Unix-like operating systems."

638

msgstr ""

639

640

#: C/gdm.xml:1041(para)

641

msgid "When GDM is about to create a new login process for a user it will call a privileged method of ConsoleKit in order to open a new session for this user. At this time GDM also provides ConsoleKit with information about this user session such as: the user ID, the X11 Display name that will be associated with the session, the host-name from which the session originates (useful in the case of an XDMCP session), whether or not this session is local, etc. As the entity that initiates the user process, GDM is in a unique position know and to be trusted to provide these bits of information about the user session. The use of this privileged method is restricted by the use of D-Bus system message bus security policy."

642

msgstr ""

643

644

#: C/gdm.xml:1052(para)

645

msgid "In the case where a user with an existing session and has authenticated at GDM and requests to resume that existing session GDM calls a privileged method of ConsoleKit to unlock that session. The exact details of what happens when the session receives this unlock signal is undefined and session-specific. However, most sessions will unlock a screensaver in response."

646

msgstr ""

647

648

#: C/gdm.xml:1059(para)

649

msgid "When the user chooses to log out, or if GDM or the session quit unexpectedly the user session will be unregistered from ConsoleKit."

650

msgstr ""

651

652

#: C/gdm.xml:1064(para)

653

msgid "If support for ConsoleKit is not desired it can be disabled at build time using the --with-console-kit=no option when running configure."

654

msgstr ""

655

656

#: C/gdm.xml:1072(title)

657

msgid "Using gdmsetup To Configure GDM"

658

msgstr "Användning av gdmsetup för att konfigurera GDM"

659

660

#: C/gdm.xml:1074(para)

661

msgid "The <command>gdmsetup</command> application can be used to configure GDM. If you believe running root-owned GUI's causes security risk, then you would want to always edit the files by hand and not use <command>gdmsetup</command>. Editing the files by hand is explained in the \"Configuration\" section of this document. Note that <command>gdmsetup</command> does not support changing of all configuration variables, so it may be necessary to edit the files by hand for some configurations."

662

msgstr ""

663

664

#: C/gdm.xml:1085(para)

665

msgid "The <command>gdmsetup</command> program has five tabs: Local, Remote, Accessibility, Security, and Users, described below. In parenthesis is information about which GDM configuration key is affected by each GUI choice. Refer to the \"Configuration\" section of this manual and the comments in the <share>/gdm/defaults.conf file for additional details about each key."

666

msgstr ""

667

668

#: C/gdm.xml:1095(title)

669

msgid "Local Tab"

670

msgstr "Fliken Lokal"

671

672

#: C/gdm.xml:1097(para)

673

msgid "The Local tab is used for controlling the appearance of GDM for local/static displays (non-XDMCP remote connections). The choices available in this tab depend on the setting of the \"Style\" combobox. This combobox is used to determine whether the \"Plain\" or \"Themed\" greeter GUI is used. The differences between these greeter programs are explained in the \"Overview\" section of this document."

674

msgstr ""

675

676

#: C/gdm.xml:1107(para)

677

msgid "If the \"Style\" choice is \"Plain\", then GDM will use the <command>gdmlogin</command> program as the GUI (daemon/Greeter). When this choice is selected, <command>gdmsetup</command> allows the user to select whether the background is an image or solid color (greeter/BackgroundType). If image is selected, there is a file selection button to pick the image file (greeter/BackgroundImage) and a checkbox to scale the image to fit the screen (greeter/BackgroundImageScaleToFit). If solid color is selected, there is a button available to allow the color selection (greeter/BackgroundColor). Also, the user may select the logo image that appears in gdmlogin (greeter/Logo)."

678

msgstr ""

679

680

#: C/gdm.xml:1121(para)

681

msgid "If the \"Style\" choice is \"Plain with face browser\", then the <command>gdmlogin</command> program is used as the GUI (daemon/Greeter) and the face browser is turned on (greeter/Browser). The Face Browser is explained in the Overview section. Otherwise, the choices are the same as when the \"Style\" choice is \"Plain\". Additional setup in the Users tab may be necessary to choose which users appear in the Face Browser."

682

msgstr ""

683

684

#: C/gdm.xml:1131(para)

685

msgid "If the \"Style\" choice is \"Themed\", then the <command>gdmgreeter</command> program is used as the GUI (daemon/Greeter). When this choice is selected, <command>gdmsetup</command> allows the user to select the theme to be used (greeter/GraphicalTheme). Note that the checkbox to the left of the theme's name must be checked for a theme to be selected. Clicking on the theme, but not selecting the checkbox will highlight the theme and the \"Remove\" button can be used to delete the theme. Information about the theme's author and copyright are shown for the highlighted theme. The \"Add\" button can be used to add new themes to the system. To turn on the Face Browser, a theme which includes a Face Browser must be selected, such as happygnome-list. The \"Background color\" displayed when GDM starts (and if the theme has transparent elements) can also be selected (greeter/GraphicalThemedColor). The \"Theme\" combo box may be set to \"Random from selected\" if you want a random theme to be used for each login (greeter/GraphicalThemeRand and greeter/GraphicalThemes). To use random themes, select each theme that you wish to be used. By default this combobox is set to \"Selected only\", so that only a single theme can be selected and be used."

686

msgstr ""

687

688

#: C/gdm.xml:1155(para)

689

msgid "Regardless of the \"Style\" choice, the user may also select whether the Actions menu is visible (greeter/SystemMenu), whether the Actions menu includes the choice to start <command>gdmsetup</command> (greeter/ConfigAvailable), and whether the Action menu includes the choice to start <command>gdmchooser</command> to run a remote XDMCP login session (greeter/ChooserButton). Note that the root password must be entered to start <command>gdmsetup</command> from the login screen if it is enabled. Also the Welcome message displayed for local sessions may be selected (greeter/DefaultWelcome and greeter/Welcome). The Welcome message can contain the character sequences described in the \"Text Node\" section of the \"Themed Greeter\" section of this manual."

690

msgstr ""

691

692

#: C/gdm.xml:1172(title)

693

msgid "Remote Tab"

694

msgstr "Fliken Fjärr"

695

696

#: C/gdm.xml:1174(para)

697

msgid "The Remote tab controls the appearance of the GDM for users logging in via XDMCP. By default XDMCP is disabled, and users should be comfortable with the XDMCP-related sections of the Security section of this document before enabling it. This tab includes a \"Style\" combobox which can be used to turn on XDMCP and control the appearance of GDM for remote users (gui/RemoteGreeter and xdmcp/Enable). This combobox may be set to \"Remote login disabled\" or \"Same as Local\". If the Local tab is set to \"Plain\" or \"Plain with Face Browser\", then the user may also select \"Themed\". If the Local tab is set to \"Themed\", then the user may also select \"Plain\" or \"Plain with face browser\". It is recommended that the \"Plain\" GUI be used for remote connections since it is more lightweight and tends to have better performance across a network."

698

msgstr ""

699

700

#: C/gdm.xml:1192(para)

701

msgid "If Remote login is enabled, then the user can specify the remote Welcome Message to be displayed (greeter/DefaultRemoteWelcome and greeter/RemoteWelcome). This welcome message is separate from the Local welcome message and can have a different value. The Welcome message can contain the character sequences described in the \"Text Node\" section of the \"Themed Greeter\" section of this manual."

702

msgstr ""

703

704

#: C/gdm.xml:1202(para)

705

msgid "If the \"Style\" choice is \"Same as Local\" and the local selection is \"Plain\" or \"Plain with face browser\", then the user may select whether background images should be displayed for remote logins (greeter/BackgroundRemoteOnlyColor)."

706

msgstr ""

707

708

#: C/gdm.xml:1210(para)

709

msgid "If the \"Style\" choice is enabled and set to a different value than the Local tab, then the user has the same configuration choices as found on the Local tab except that the System Menu choices are not available since this is never available for remote logins for security purposes."

710

msgstr ""

711

712

#: C/gdm.xml:1218(para)

713

msgid "If Remote login is enabled, there is a \"Configure XDMCP\" button which displays a dialog allowing the user to set XDMCP configuration, including whether indirect requests are honored (xdmcp/HonorIndirect), UDP port (xdmcp/Port), maximum pending requests (xdmcp/MaxPending), maximum pending indirect requests (xmdcp/MaxPendingIndirect), maximum remote sessions (xdmcp/MaxSessions), maximum wait time (xdmcp/MaxWait), maximum indirect wait time (xdmcp/MaxWaitIndirect), displays per host (xdmcp/DisplaysPerHost), and ping interval (xdmcp/PingIntervalSeconds). The default settings are standard settings and should only be changed by someone who understands the ramifications of the change."

714

msgstr ""

715

716

#: C/gdm.xml:1234(title)

717

msgid "Accessibility Tab"

718

msgstr "Fliken Hjälpmedel"

719

720

#: C/gdm.xml:1236(para)

721

msgid "The Accessibility tab is used to turn on Accessibility features in GDM. \"Enable accessible login\" (daemon/AddGtkModules and daemon/GtkModulesList) turns on GDM's gesture listeners which are explained in the \"Accessibility\" section of this document. There is also a checkbox to allow users to change the theme when using the Plain greeter (gui/AllowGtkThemeChange). This feature allows GDM users to switch the theme to the HighContrast or LowContrast themes if needed. The user may also select whether GDM should play a sound when the login screen is ready, when login is successful and when login has failed. File chooser buttons are used to select the sound file to be played, and the \"Play\" button can be used to sample the sound."

722

msgstr ""

723

724

#: C/gdm.xml:1253(title)

725

msgid "Security Tab"

726

msgstr "Fliken Säkerhet"

727

728

#: C/gdm.xml:1255(para)

729

msgid "The Security tab allows the user to turn on Automatic and Timed login, which user is logged in via an automatic or timed login, and the timed login delay (daemon/AutomaticLoginEnable, daemon/AutomaticLogin, daemon/TimedLoginEnable, daemon/TimedLogin, and daemon/TimedLoginDelay). If automatic login is turned on, then the specified user will immediately log in on reboot without GDM asking for username/password. If the user logs out of their session, GDM will start and ask for username and password to log back in. If TimedLogin is turned on, then GDM will log in to the specified user after a specified number of seconds. The user may enable Timed Login for remote (XDMCP) connections by checking the \"Allow remote timed logins\" checkbox."

730

msgstr ""

731

732

#: C/gdm.xml:1270(para)

733

msgid "On this tab, the user may select whether the system administrator user can log in, and whether the system administrator user can log in via remote (XDMCP) connections (security/AllowRoot and security/AllowRemoteRoot). The user may turn on GDM debug (debug/Enable) which causes debug messages to be sent to the system log. Debug should only be used when diagnosing a problem and not be left on when not needed. The \"Deny TCP connections to Xserver\" choice will disable X forwarding if selected (security/DisallowTCP). A login retry delay (security/RetryDelay) can be set to cause GDM to wait a number of seconds after a failed login."

734

msgstr ""

735

736

#: C/gdm.xml:1283(para)

737

msgid "The \"Configure X Server\" button can be used to specify how GDM manages each display. The \"Servers\" combobox shows what server definitions are available (Standard, Terminal, and Chooser by default). Refer to the \"X Server Definitions\" section of the \"Configuration\" section for more information about how to create new Server Definitions."

738

msgstr ""

739

740

#: C/gdm.xml:1292(para)

741

msgid "For any server type, the user may modify the \"Server Name\" (server/name), the \"Command\" (server/command) to be used to launch the Xserver, whether the server type will \"Launch\" (server/chooser) the greeter or chooser GUI after starting the Xserver, whether GDM handles this type (normally only set to false when logging into a Terminal session type), and whether the session type supports \"Flexible\" (server/flexible) sessions."

742

msgstr ""

743

744

#: C/gdm.xml:1302(para)

745

msgid "The \"Servers To Start\" section shows what server type is displayed for each display on the machine. Users may click on the \"Add/Modify\" button to add a new display to the list or to modify a selected display. This simply corresponds each physical display with the Server Definition to be used for managing that display. The \"Remove\" button may be used to remove a display from the list."

746

msgstr ""

747

748

#: C/gdm.xml:1314(title)

749

msgid "Users Tab"

750

msgstr "Fliken Användare"

751

752

#: C/gdm.xml:1316(para)

753

msgid "The Users tab controls which users appear in the Face Browser. If the \"Include all users from /etc/password\" checkbox is selected, then all users (with a userid above greeter/MinimalUID and not in the Exclude list) are displayed. If this checkbox is not selected, then users must be added to the \"Include\" list. Users in the \"Exclude\" list are never displayed. The \"Add\" and \"Remove\" buttons are used to add a new user to the list or remove a selected user from the list. The \"Apply User Changes\" button must be pressed after the \"Include\" and \"Exclude\" lists have been modified. The left and right arrow buttons between the \"Include\" and \"Exclude\" lists can be used to move a selected user from one list to the other."

754

msgstr ""

755

756

#: C/gdm.xml:1334(title)

757

msgid "Configuration"

758

msgstr "Konfiguration"

759

760

#: C/gdm.xml:1336(para)

761

msgid "GDM has powerful configuration management. System configuration is stored in <filename><share>/gdm/defaults.conf</filename> and the intention is that this file can be stored on a shared filesystem so that sysadmins can have a single file to modify to control configuration for multiple machines. Also GDM distributions may patch this file on update to improve usability, improve security, etc. Configuration may be customized for a specific machine by editing the <filename><etc>/gdm/custom.conf</filename> file to include an override for a specific key. Those parameters in the \"gui\", \"greeter\" sections, and the security/PamStack key may be customized per-display by specifying them in a file named <filename><etc>/gdm/custom.conf<display num></filename>. For example, configuration overrides for display \":103\" would be stored in the file <filename><etc>/gdm/custom.conf:0</filename>. Per-display configuration is supported in GDM 2.14.6 and later."

762

msgstr ""

763

764

#: C/gdm.xml:1354(para)

765

msgid "The <command>gdmsetup</command> is a GUI program you can use to edit the GDM configuration. This program may also be launched directly from the login screen if the greeter/ConfigAvailable key is set to \"true\" Not all keys in the GDM configuration file are supported in the GUI, so you may need to edit the configuration files by hand to edit these keys. If you believe running root-owned GUI's causes security risk, then you would want to always edit the files by hand. This program does not support setting per-display configuration, so per-display configuration files must be set up by hand."

766

msgstr ""

767

768

#: C/gdm.xml:1366(para)

769

msgid "Distributions should edit the <filename><share>/gdm/defaults.conf</filename> file to establish the default values so these are preserved as defaults and not modified by users modifying their personal configuration file <filename><etc>/gdm/custom.conf</filename>."

770

msgstr ""

771

772

#: C/gdm.xml:1374(para)

773

msgid "If you want to change configuration by hand, edit the <filename><etc>/gdm/custom.conf</filename> file and make sure the keyname=value pair you want is included in the appropriate section. For example, to change the \"Greeter\" key in the \"daemon\" section, make sure the daemon section of the <filename><etc>/gdm/custom.conf</filename> file has the value like in this example."

774

msgstr ""

775

776

#: C/gdm.xml:1384(screen)

777

#, no-wrap

778

msgid ""

779

"\n"

780

"[daemon]\n"

781

"Greeter=/usr/lib/gdmgreeter\n"

782

msgstr ""

783

"\n"

784

"[daemon]\n"

785

"Greeter=/usr/lib/gdmgreeter\n"

786

787

#: C/gdm.xml:1389(para)

788

msgid "The configuration files (especially the <filename><share>/gdm/defaults.conf</filename> and <filename><etc>/gdm/custom.conf</filename> files) contain useful comments and examples, so read them for more information about changing your configuration. GDM considers lines that start with the \"#\" character a comment, and these lines will be ignored by GDM. Some keys in the <filename><share>/gdm/defaults.conf</filename> are commented out while others are set. Commented out values show the default value."

789

msgstr ""

790

791

#: C/gdm.xml:1401(para)

792

msgid "The <filename><share>/gdm/defaults.conf</filename> file contains the default configuration choices for GDM, and should not be modified by the user. The <filename><etc>/gdm/custom.conf</filename> file is where users may specify their custom configuration choices. Configuration options specified in the <filename><etc>/gdm/custom.conf</filename> file override the values in the main <filename><share>/gdm/defaults.conf</filename> file. Running the <command>gdmsetup</command> command will cause the <filename><etc>/gdm/custom.conf</filename> to be modified with the user's configuration choices and will cause any running GDM GUI programs to automatically update. Previous to version 2.13.0.4 GDM only supported the <filename><etc>/gdm/gdm.conf</filename> file, so if using an older version of GDM just edit that file directly."

793

msgstr ""

794

795

#: C/gdm.xml:1417(para)

796

msgid "The location of the configuration files may be controlled via the <command>--with-defaults-conf</command> and <command>--with-custom-conf</command> configuration options. The GDM daemon --config option may also be used to specify the configuration file location. The GDM daemon must be restarted to change the configuration file being used."

797

msgstr ""

798

799

#: C/gdm.xml:1426(para)

800

msgid "<filename><share>/gdm/factory-defaults.conf</filename> is the configuration file as shipped with the daemon. This can be useful for to see if the <filename><share>/gdm/defaults.conf</filename> file has been changed."

801

msgstr ""

802

803

#: C/gdm.xml:1433(para)

804

msgid "The other GDM configuration files are located, by default, in the <filename><etc>/gdm/</filename> folder or its subdirectories. However, the location of all configuration files are defined in the GDM configuration files, so the sysadmin may choose to locate these files in any location."

805

msgstr ""

806

807

#: C/gdm.xml:1441(para)

808

msgid "This is a listing of the config directory contents:"

809

msgstr ""

810

811

#: C/gdm.xml:1445(screen)

812

#, no-wrap

813

msgid ""

814

"\n"

815

"locale.alias\n"

816

"Xsession\n"

817

"XKeepsCrashing\n"

818

"modules/\n"

819

"Init/\n"

820

"PostLogin/\n"

821

"PreSession/\n"

822

"PostSession/\n"

823

msgstr ""

824

"\n"

825

"locale.alias\n"

826

"Xsession\n"

827

"XKeepsCrashing\n"

828

"modules/\n"

829

"Init/\n"

830

"PostLogin/\n"

831

"PreSession/\n"

832

"PostSession/\n"

833

834

#: C/gdm.xml:1456(para)

835

msgid "<filename>locale.alias</filename> is a file which looks much like the system locale alias but in fact it is not the same. These are the languages that are available on your system. All the languages are still tested to see if they actually exist before presenting them to the user."

836

msgstr ""

837

838

#: C/gdm.xml:1464(para)

839

msgid "<filename>Xsession</filename> is a script which sets up a user session and then executes the user's choice of session. Note that the session script is typically started via the <filename>desktop</filename> file associated with the session the user has picked. Some sessions may start the user's session via a different mechanism than the <filename>Xsession</filename> script, so please check the appropriate <filename>desktop</filename> before assuming a session startup issue is being caused by this file."

840

msgstr ""

841

842

#: C/gdm.xml:1475(para)

843

msgid "<filename>XKeepsCrashing</filename> is a script which gets run when the X server keeps crashing and we cannot recover. The shipped default script will work with most Linux distributions and can run the X configuration application provided the person on the console knows the root password."

844

msgstr ""

845

846

#: C/gdm.xml:1483(para)

847

msgid "Accessibility modules are configured in the <filename>modules/</filename> subdirectory, and are a separate topic. Read the default files provided, they have adequate documentation. Again normally the default install is given in the files with <filename>factory</filename> in their name, and those files are not read, they are just there for you so you can always revert to default config."

848

msgstr ""

849

850

#: C/gdm.xml:1492(para)

851

msgid "Files describing available GDM session follow the freedesktop.org desktop file specification and are <filename>.desktop</filename>-style files are installed to <filename><etc>/X11/sessions/</filename>. This directory is also read by the KDE desktop manager (KDM) for common configuration. Next the directory <filename><share>/gdm/BuiltInSessions/</filename> is read for GDM specific built-in sessions (KDM hardcodes these at time of this writing). Lastly the default setup will also read <filename><share>/xsessions/</filename> (which should be <filename><share>/xsessions/</filename> if you really wish to cooperate with KDM) where desktop packages can install their session files. The directories under the <filename><etc></filename> should be reserved for configuration. The desktop file specification approach makes it easy for package management systems to install window managers and different session types without requiring the sysadmin to edit files. See the <filename>SessionDesktopDir</filename> configuration key for changing the paths. It used to be that GDM stored its built in sessions in <filename><etc>/dm/Sessions/</filename> but this is deprecated as of 2.5.90.0. Note that prior to version 2.4.4.2 only the <filename><etc>/dm/Sessions/</filename> was being read."

852

msgstr ""

853

854

#: C/gdm.xml:1515(para)

855

msgid "A session can be disabled (if it was installed in <filename><share>/xsessions/</filename>) by adding an identically named <filename>.desktop</filename> to one of the directories earlier in the path (likely <filename><etc>/X11/sessions</filename>) and using <filename>Hidden=true</filename> in that file."

856

msgstr ""

857

858

#: C/gdm.xml:1524(title)

859

msgid "The Script Directories"

860

msgstr "Skriptkatalogerna"

861

862

#: C/gdm.xml:1526(para)

863

msgid "In this section we will explain the <filename>Init</filename>, <filename>PostLogin</filename>, <filename>PreSession</filename> and <filename>PostSession</filename> directories as they are very similar."

864

msgstr ""

865

866

#: C/gdm.xml:1532(para)

867

msgid "When the X server has been successfully started, GDM will try to run the script called <filename>Init/<displayname></filename>. I.e. <filename>Init/:0</filename> for the first local display. If this file is not found, GDM will attempt to to run <filename>Init/<hostname></filename>. I.e. <filename>Init/somehost</filename>. If this still is not found, GDM will try <filename>Init/XDMCP</filename> for all XDMCP logins or <filename>Init/Flexi</filename> for all on demand flexible displays. If none of the above were found, GDM will run <filename>Init/Default</filename>. The script will be run as root and GDM blocks until it terminates. Use the <filename>Init/*</filename> script for applications that are supposed to run alongside with the GDM login window. xconsole for instance. Commands to set the background etc. go in this file too."

868

msgstr ""

869

870

#: C/gdm.xml:1550(para)

871

msgid "It is up to the sysadmin to decide whether clients started by the Init script should be killed before starting the user session. This is controlled with the <filename>KillInitClients</filename> configuration option."

872

msgstr ""

873

874

#: C/gdm.xml:1557(para)

875

msgid "When the user has been successfully authenticated GDM tries the scripts in the <filename>PostLogin</filename> directory in the same manner as for the <filename>Init</filename> directory. This is done before any session setup is done, and so this would be the script where you might setup the home directory if you need to (though you should use the <filename>pam_mount</filename> module if you can for this). You have the <filename>$USER</filename> and <filename>$DISPLAY</filename> environment variables set for this script, and again it is run as root. The script should return 0 on success as otherwise the user won't be logged in. This is not true for failsafe session however."

876

msgstr ""

877

878

#: C/gdm.xml:1571(para)

879

msgid "After the user session has been setup from the GDM side of things, GDM will run the scripts in the <filename>PreSession</filename> directory, again in the same manner as the <filename>Init</filename> directory. Use this script for local session management or accounting stuff. The <filename>$USER</filename> environment variable contains the login of the authenticated user and <filename>$DISPLAY</filename> is set to the current display. The script should return 0 on success. Any other value will cause GDM to terminate the current login process. This is not true for failsafe sessions however. Also <filename>$X_SERVERS</filename> environmental variable is set and this points to a fake generated X servers file for use with the sessreg accounting application."

880

msgstr ""

881

882

#: C/gdm.xml:1586(para)

883

msgid "After this the base <filename>Xsession</filename> script is run with the selected session executable as the first argument. This is run as the user, and really this is the user session. The available session executables are taken from the <filename>Exec=</filename> line in the <filename>.desktop</filename> files in the path specified by <filename>SessionDesktopDir</filename>. Usually this path is <filename><etc>/X11/sessions/:<etc>/dm/Sessions:/usr/share/xsessions/</filename>. The first found file is used. The user either picks from these sessions or GDM will look inside the file <filename>~/.dmrc</filename> for the stored preference."

884

msgstr ""

885

886

#: C/gdm.xml:1599(para)

887

msgid "This script should really load the user's profile and generally do all the voodoo that is needed to launch a session. Since many systems reset the language selections done by GDM, GDM will also set the <filename>$GDM_LANG</filename> variable to the selected language. You can use this to reset the language environmental variables after you run the user's profile. If the user elected to use the system language, then <filename>$GDM_LANG</filename> is not set."

888

msgstr ""

889

890

#: C/gdm.xml:1609(para)

891

msgid "When the user terminates his session, the <filename>PostSession</filename> script will be run. Again operation is similar to <filename>Init</filename>, <filename>PostLogin</filename> and <filename>PreSession</filename>. Again the script will be run with root privileges, the slave daemon will block and the <filename>$USER</filename> environment variable will contain the name of the user who just logged out and <filename>$DISPLAY</filename> will be set to the display the user used, however note that the X server for this display may already be dead and so you shouldn't try to access it. Also <filename>$X_SERVERS</filename> environmental variable is set and this points to a fake generated X servers file for use with the sessreg accounting application."

892

msgstr ""

893

894

#: C/gdm.xml:1624(para)

895

msgid "Note that the <filename>PostSession</filename> script will be run even when the display fails to respond due to an I/O error or similar. Thus, there is no guarantee that X applications will work during script execution."

896

msgstr ""

897

898

#: C/gdm.xml:1631(para)

899

msgid "Except for the <filename>Xsession</filename> script all of these scripts will also have the environment variable <filename>$RUNNING_UNDER_GDM</filename> set to <filename>yes</filename>, so that you could perhaps use similar scripts for different display managers. The <filename>Xsession</filename> will always have the <filename>$GDMSESSION</filename> set to the basename of the session that the user chose to run without the <filename>.desktop</filename> extension. In addition <filename>$DESKTOP_SESSION</filename> is also set to the same value and in fact this will also be set by KDM in future versions."

900

msgstr ""

901

902

#: C/gdm.xml:1645(para)

903

msgid "Neither of the <filename>Init</filename>, <filename>PostLogin</filename>, <filename>PreSession</filename> or <filename>PostSession</filename> scripts are necessary and can be left out. The <filename>Xsession</filename> script is however required as well as at least one session <filename>.desktop</filename> file."

904

msgstr ""

905

906

#: C/gdm.xml:1655(title)

907

msgid "The Configuration Files - <filename>defaults.conf</filename> and <filename>custom.conf</filename>"

908

msgstr ""

909

910

#: C/gdm.xml:1658(para)

911

msgid "GDM uses two configuration files: <filename><share>/gdm/defaults.conf</filename> and <filename><etc>/gdm/custom.conf</filename>. The <filename><share>/gdm/defaults.conf</filename> file contains the default configuration choices for GDM, and should not be modified by the user. The <filename><etc>/gdm/custom.conf</filename> file is where users may specify their custom configuration choices. Configuration options specified in the <filename><etc>/gdm/custom.conf</filename> file override the values in the <filename><share>/gdm/defaults.conf</filename> file. If a configuration option is not defined in either file, GDM will default to the value described in the comments in the <filename><share>/gdm/defaults.conf</filename> file."

912

msgstr ""

913

914

#: C/gdm.xml:1674(para)

915

msgid "Running the <command>gdmsetup</command> command will cause the <filename><etc>/gdm/custom.conf</filename> to be modified with the user's configuration choices."

916

msgstr ""

917

918

#: C/gdm.xml:1680(para)

919

msgid "Previous to GDM 2.13.0.4 only the <filename><etc>/gdm/gdm.conf</filename> existed. If upgrading to the new version of GDM, install will check to see if your <filename><etc>/gdm/gdm.conf</filename> file is different than your <filename><etc>/gdm/factory-gdm.conf</filename> file. If so, your <filename><etc>/gdm/gdm.conf</filename> file will be automatically copied to <filename><etc>/gdm/custom.conf</filename> to preserve any configuration changes."

920

msgstr ""

921

922

#: C/gdm.xml:1692(para)

923

msgid "The location of the configuration files may be controlled via the <command>--with-defaults-conf</command> and <command>--with-custom-conf</command> configuration options. The GDM daemon --config option may instead be used to specify the configuration file location. The GDM daemon must be restarted to change the configuration file being used."

924

msgstr ""

925

926

#: C/gdm.xml:1701(para)

927

msgid "Both configuration files are divided into sections each containing variables that define the behavior for a specific part of the GDM suite. Refer to the comments in the <filename><share>/gdm/defaults.conf</filename> file for additional information about each configuration setting."

928

msgstr ""

929

930

#: C/gdm.xml:1709(para)

931

msgid "The <filename><share>/gdm/defaults.conf</filename> and <filename><etc>/gdm/custom.conf</filename> files follow the standard <filename>.ini</filename> style configuration file syntax. Keywords in brackets define sections, strings before an equal sign (=) are variables and the data after equal sign represents their value. Empty lines or lines starting with the hash mark (#) are ignored. The graphical configurator will try to preserve both comments (lines with a hash mark) and the overall structure of the file so you can intermix using the GUI or hand editing the configuration file."

932

msgstr ""

933

934

#: C/gdm.xml:1722(title)

935

msgid "Daemon Configuration"

936

msgstr "Konfiguration av demonerna"

937

938

#: C/gdm.xml:1725(title)

939

msgid "[daemon]"

940

msgstr "[daemon]"

941

942

#: C/gdm.xml:1728(term)

943

msgid "AddGtkModules"

944

msgstr "AddGtkModules"

945

946

#: C/gdm.xml:1730(synopsis)

947

#, no-wrap

948

msgid "AddGtkModules=false"

949

msgstr "AddGtkModules=false"

950

951

#: C/gdm.xml:1731(para)

952

msgid "If true, then enables <command>gdmgreeter</command> or <command>gdmlogin</command> to be launched with additional Gtk+ modules. This is useful when extra features are required such as accessible login. Note that only \"trusted\" modules should be used to minimize security issues."

953

msgstr ""

954

955

#: C/gdm.xml:1738(para)

956

msgid "If true, then the registry daemon <command>at-spi-registryd</command> will be launched by <command>gdmgreeter</command> or <command>gdmlogin</command> starting with version GDM 2.17."

957

msgstr ""

958

959

#: C/gdm.xml:1744(para)

960

msgid "Usually this is used for accessibility modules. The modules which are loaded are specified with the <filename>GtkModulesList</filename> key."

961

msgstr ""

962

963

#: C/gdm.xml:1753(term)

964

msgid "AlwaysRestartServer"

965

msgstr "AlwaysRestartServer"

966

967

#: C/gdm.xml:1755(synopsis)

968

#, no-wrap

969

msgid "AlwaysRestartServer=false"

970

msgstr "AlwaysRestartServer=false"

971

972

#: C/gdm.xml:1756(para)

973

msgid "If true, then gdm never tries to reuse existing X servers by reinitializing them. It will just kill the existing X server and start over. Normally, just reinitializing is a nicer way to go but if the X server memory usage keeps growing this may be a safer option. On Solaris, this value is always true, and this configuration setting is ignored."

974

msgstr ""

975

976

#: C/gdm.xml:1768(term)

977

msgid "AlwaysLoginCurrentSession"

978

msgstr "AlwaysLoginCurrentSession"

979

980

#: C/gdm.xml:1770(synopsis)

981

#, no-wrap

982

msgid "AlwaysLoginCurrentSession=true"

983

msgstr "AlwaysLoginCurrentSession=true"

984

985

#: C/gdm.xml:1771(para)

986

msgid "If true, then when the user logs in and already has an existing session, then they are connected to that session rather than starting a new session. This only works for sessions running on VTs (Virtual Terminals) started with gdmflexiserver, and not with XDMCP. Note that VTs are not supported on all operating systems."

987

msgstr ""

988

989

#: C/gdm.xml:1783(term)

990

msgid "AutomaticLoginEnable"

991

msgstr "AutomaticLoginEnable"

992

993

#: C/gdm.xml:1785(synopsis)

994

#, no-wrap

995

msgid "AutomaticLoginEnable=false"

996

msgstr "AutomaticLoginEnable=false"

997

998

#: C/gdm.xml:1786(para)

999

msgid "If the user given in AutomaticLogin should be logged in upon first bootup. No password will be asked. This is useful for single user workstations where local console security is not an issue. Also could be useful for public terminals, although there see <filename>TimedLogin</filename>."

1000

msgstr ""

1001

1002

#: C/gdm.xml:1797(term)

1003

msgid "AutomaticLogin"

1004

msgstr "AutomaticLogin"

1005

1006

#: C/gdm.xml:1799(synopsis)

1007

#, no-wrap

1008

msgid "AutomaticLogin="

1009

msgstr "AutomaticLogin="

1010

1011

#: C/gdm.xml:1800(para)

1012

msgid "This user should be automatically logged in on first bootup. AutomaticLoginEnable must be true and this must be a valid user for this to happen. \"root\" can never be autologged in however and gdm will just refuse to do it even if you set it up."

1013

msgstr ""

1014

1015

#: C/gdm.xml:1808(para)

1016

msgid "The following control chars are recognized within the specified name:"

1017

msgstr ""

1018

1019

#: C/gdm.xml:1813(para)

1020

#: C/gdm.xml:3821(para)

1021

msgid "&percnt;&percnt;— the `&percnt;' character"

1022

msgstr ""

1023

1024

#: C/gdm.xml:1817(para)

1025

msgid "&percnt;d — display's name"

1026

msgstr ""

1027

1028

#: C/gdm.xml:1821(para)

1029

msgid "&percnt;h — display's hostname"

1030

msgstr ""

1031

1032

#: C/gdm.xml:1825(para)

1033

msgid "Alternatively, the name may end with a vertical bar |, the pipe symbol. The name is then used as a application to execute which returns the desired username on standard output. If an empty or otherwise invalid username is returned, automatic login is not performed. This feature is typically used when several remote displays are used as internet kiosks, with a specific user to automatically login for each display."

1034

msgstr ""

1035

1036

#: C/gdm.xml:1838(term)

1037

msgid "BaseXsession"

1038

msgstr "BaseXsession"

1039

1040

#: C/gdm.xml:1840(synopsis)

1041

#, no-wrap

1042

msgid "BaseXsession=<etc>/gdm/Xsession"

1043

msgstr "BaseXsession=<etc>/gdm/Xsession"

1044

1045

#: C/gdm.xml:1841(para)

1046

msgid "This is the base X session file. When a user logs in, this script will be run with the selected session as the first argument. The selected session will be the <filename>Exec=</filename> from the <filename>.desktop</filename> file of the session."

1047

msgstr ""

1048

1049

#: C/gdm.xml:1849(para)

1050

msgid "If you wish to use the same script for several different display managers, and wish to have some of the script run only for GDM, then you can check the presence of the <filename>GDMSESSION</filename> environmental variable. This will always be set to the basename of <filename>.desktop</filename> (without the extension) file that is being used for this session, and will only be set for GDM sessions. Previously some scripts were checking for <filename>GDM_LANG</filename>, but that is only set when the user picks a non-system default language."

1051

msgstr ""

1052

1053

#: C/gdm.xml:1862(para)

1054

msgid "This script should take care of doing the \"login\" for the user and so it should source the <filename><etc>/profile</filename> and friends. The standard script shipped with GDM sources the files in this order: <filename><etc>/profile</filename> then <filename>~/.profile</filename> then <filename><etc>/xprofile</filename> and finally <filename>~/.xprofile</filename>. Note that different distributions may change this however. Sometimes users personal setup will be in <filename>~/.bash_profile</filename>, however broken that is."

1055

msgstr ""

1056

1057

#: C/gdm.xml:1879(term)

1058

msgid "Chooser"

1059

msgstr "Chooser"

1060

1061

#: C/gdm.xml:1881(synopsis)

1062

#, no-wrap

1063

msgid "Chooser=<bin>/gdmchooser"

1064

msgstr "Chooser=<bin>/gdmchooser"

1065

1066

#: C/gdm.xml:1882(para)

1067

msgid "Full path and name of the chooser executable followed by optional arguments."

1068

msgstr ""

1069

1070

#: C/gdm.xml:1890(term)

1071

msgid "Configurator"

1072

msgstr "Configurator"

1073

1074

#: C/gdm.xml:1892(synopsis)

1075

#, no-wrap

1076

msgid "Configurator=<bin>/gdmsetup --disable-sound --disable-crash-dialog"

1077

msgstr "Configurator=<bin>/gdmsetup --disable-sound --disable-crash-dialog"

1078

1079

#: C/gdm.xml:1893(para)

1080

msgid "The pathname to the configurator binary. If the greeter <filename>ConfigAvailable</filename> option is set to true then run this binary when somebody chooses Configuration from the Actions menu. Of course GDM will first ask for root password however. And it will never allow this to happen from a remote display."

1081

msgstr ""

1082

1083

#: C/gdm.xml:1905(term)

1084

msgid "ConsoleCannotHandle"

1085

msgstr "ConsoleCannotHandle"

1086

1087

#: C/gdm.xml:1907(synopsis)

1088

#, no-wrap

1089

msgid "ConsoleCannotHandle=am,ar,az,bn,el,fa,gu,hi,ja,ko,ml,mr,pa,ta,zh"

1090

msgstr "ConsoleCannotHandle=am,ar,az,bn,el,fa,gu,hi,ja,ko,ml,mr,pa,ta,zh"

1091

1092

#: C/gdm.xml:1908(para)

1093

msgid "These are the languages that the console cannot handle because of font issues. Here we mean the text console, not X. This is only used when there are errors to report and we cannot start X."

1094

msgstr ""

1095

1096

#: C/gdm.xml:1918(term)

1097

msgid "ConsoleNotify"

1098

msgstr "ConsoleNotify"

1099

1100

#: C/gdm.xml:1920(synopsis)

1101

#, no-wrap

1102

msgid "ConsoleNotify=true"

1103

msgstr "ConsoleNotify=true"

1104

1105

#: C/gdm.xml:1921(para)

1106

msgid "If false, gdm will not display a message dialog on the console when an error happens."

1107

msgstr ""

1108

1109

#: C/gdm.xml:1929(term)

1110

msgid "DefaultPath"

1111

msgstr "DefaultPath"

1112

1113

#: C/gdm.xml:1931(synopsis)

1114

#, no-wrap

1115

msgid "DefaultPath=defaultpath (value set by configure)"

1116

msgstr "DefaultPath=standardsökväg (värdet ställs in av configure)"

1117

1118

#: C/gdm.xml:1932(para)

1119

msgid "Specifies the path which will be set in the user's session. This value will be overridden with the value from <filename>/etc/default/login</filename> if it contains \"ROOT=<pathname>\". If the <filename>/etc/default/login</filename> file exists, but contains no value for ROOT, the value as defined in the GDM configuration will be be used."

1120

msgstr ""

1121

1122

#: C/gdm.xml:1945(term)

1123

msgid "DefaultSession"

1124

msgstr "DefaultSession"

1125

1126

#: C/gdm.xml:1947(synopsis)

1127

#, no-wrap

1128

msgid "DefaultSession=gnome.desktop"

1129

msgstr "DefaultSession=gnome.desktop"

1130

1131

#: C/gdm.xml:1948(para)

1132

msgid "The session that is used by default if the user does not have a saved preference and has picked 'Last' from the list of sessions. Note that 'Last' need not be displayed, see the <filename>ShowLastSession</filename> key."

1133

msgstr ""

1134

1135

#: C/gdm.xml:1959(term)

1136

msgid "DisplayInitDir"

1137

msgstr "DisplayInitDir"

1138

1139

#: C/gdm.xml:1961(synopsis)

1140

#, no-wrap

1141

msgid "DisplayInitDir=<etc>/gdm/Init"

1142

msgstr "DisplayInitDir=<etc>/gdm/Init"

1143

1144

#: C/gdm.xml:1962(para)

1145

msgid "Directory containing the display init scripts. See the ``The Script Directories'' section for more info."

1146

msgstr ""

1147

1148

#: C/gdm.xml:1970(term)

1149

msgid "DisplayLastLogin"

1150

msgstr "DisplayLastLogin"

1151

1152

#: C/gdm.xml:1972(synopsis)

1153

#, no-wrap

1154

msgid "DisplayLastLogin=true"

1155

msgstr "DisplayLastLogin=true"

1156

1157

#: C/gdm.xml:1973(para)

1158

msgid "If true then the last login information is printed to the user before being prompted for password. While this gives away some info on what users are on a system, it on the other hand should give the user an idea of when they logged in and if it doesn't seem kosher to them, they can just abort the login and contact the sysadmin (avoids running malicious startup scripts). This was added in version 2.5.90.0."

1159

msgstr ""

1160

1161

#: C/gdm.xml:1982(para)

1162

msgid "This is for making GDM conformant to CSC-STD-002-85, although that is purely theoretical now. Someone should read that spec and ensure that this actually conforms (in addition to other places in GDM). See <filename>http://www.radium.ncsc.mil/tpep/library/rainbow/CSC-STD-002-85.html</filename> for more info."

1163

msgstr ""

1164

1165

#: C/gdm.xml:1994(term)

1166

msgid "DoubleLoginWarning"

1167

msgstr "DoubleLoginWarning"

1168

1169

#: C/gdm.xml:1996(synopsis)

1170

#, no-wrap

1171

msgid "DoubleLoginWarning=true"

1172

msgstr "DoubleLoginWarning=true"

1173

1174

#: C/gdm.xml:1997(para)

1175

msgid "If true, GDM will warn the user if they are already logged in on another virtual terminal. On systems where GDM supports checking the X virtual terminals, GDM will let the user switch to the previous login virtual terminal instead of logging in."

1176

msgstr ""

1177

1178

#: C/gdm.xml:2007(term)

1179

msgid "DynamicXServers"

1180

msgstr "DynamicXServers"

1181

1182

#: C/gdm.xml:2009(synopsis)

1183

#, no-wrap

1184

msgid "DynamicXServers=false"

1185

msgstr "DynamicXServers=false"

1186

1187

#: C/gdm.xml:2010(para)

1188

msgid "If true, the GDM daemon will honor requests to manage displays via the <filename>/tmp/.gdm_socket</filename> socket connection. Displays can be created, started, and deleted with the appropriate commands. The <filename>gdmdynamic</filename> command is a convenient method to send these messages."

1189

msgstr ""

1190

1191

#: C/gdm.xml:2022(term)

1192

msgid "FailsafeXServer"

1193

msgstr "FailsafeXServer"

1194

1195

#: C/gdm.xml:2024(synopsis)

1196

#, no-wrap

1197

msgid "FailsafeXServer="

1198

msgstr "FailsafeXServer="

1199

1200

#: C/gdm.xml:2025(para)

1201

msgid "An X command line in case we can't start the normal X server. should probably be some sort of a script that runs an appropriate low resolution X server that will just work. This is tried before the <filename>XKeepsCrashing</filename> script is run."

1202

msgstr ""

1203

1204

#: C/gdm.xml:2036(term)

1205

msgid "FirstVT"

1206

msgstr "FirstVT"

1207

1208

#: C/gdm.xml:2038(synopsis)

1209

#, no-wrap

1210

msgid "FirstVT=7"

1211

msgstr "FirstVT=7"

1212

1213

#: C/gdm.xml:2039(para)

1214

msgid "On systems where GDM supports automatic VT (virtual terminal) allocation, this is the first vt to try. Usually standard text logins are run on the lower vts. See also <filename>VTAllocation</filename>."

1215

msgstr ""

1216

1217

#: C/gdm.xml:2049(term)

1218

msgid "FlexibleXServers"

1219

msgstr "FlexibleXServers"

1220

1221

#: C/gdm.xml:2051(synopsis)

1222

#, no-wrap

1223

msgid "FlexibleXServers=5"

1224

msgstr "FlexibleXServers=5"

1225

1226

#: C/gdm.xml:2052(para)

1227

msgid "The maximum number of allowed flexible displays. These are displays that can be run using the <filename>/tmp/.gdm_socket</filename> socket connection. This is used for both full flexible displays and for Xnest displays."

1228

msgstr ""

1229

1230

#: C/gdm.xml:2063(term)

1231

msgid "FlexiReapDelayMinutes"

1232

msgstr "FlexiReapDelayMinutes"

1233

1234

#: C/gdm.xml:2065(synopsis)

1235

#, no-wrap

1236

msgid "FlexiReapDelayMinutes=5"

1237

msgstr "FlexiReapDelayMinutes=5"

1238

1239

#: C/gdm.xml:2066(para)

1240

msgid "After how many minutes of inactivity at the login screen should a flexi display be reaped. This is only in effect before a user logs in. Also it does not affect the Xnest flexiservers. To turn off this behavior set this value to 0. This was added in version 2.5.90.0."

1241

msgstr ""

1242

1243

#: C/gdm.xml:2077(term)

1244

msgid "Greeter"

1245

msgstr "Greeter"

1246

1247

#: C/gdm.xml:2079(synopsis)

1248

#, no-wrap

1249

msgid "Greeter=<bin>/gdmlogin"

1250

msgstr "Greeter=<bin>/gdmlogin"

1251

1252

#: C/gdm.xml:2080(para)

1253

msgid "Full path and name of the greeter executable followed by optional arguments. This is the greeter used for all displays except for the XDMCP remote displays. See also <filename>RemoteGreeter</filename>"

1254

msgstr ""

1255

1256

#: C/gdm.xml:2090(term)

1257

msgid "Group"

1258

msgstr "Group"

1259

1260

#: C/gdm.xml:2092(synopsis)

1261

#, no-wrap

1262

msgid "Group=gdm"

1263

msgstr "Group=gdm"

1264

1265

#: C/gdm.xml:2093(para)

1266

msgid "The group name under which <command>gdmlogin</command>, <command>gdmgreeter</command>, <command>gdmchooser</command> and the internal failsafe GTK+ dialogs are run. Also see <filename>User</filename>. This user will have access to all the X authorization files, and perhaps to other internal GDM data and it should not therefore be a user such as nobody, but rather a dedicated user. The <filename>ServAuthDir</filename> is owned by this group. The ownership and permissions of <filename>ServAuthDir</filename> should be <filename>root.gdm</filename> and 1770."

1267

msgstr ""

1268

1269

#: C/gdm.xml:2110(term)

1270

msgid "GtkModulesList"

1271

msgstr "GtkModulesList"

1272

1273

#: C/gdm.xml:2112(synopsis)

1274

#, no-wrap

1275

msgid "GtkModulesList=module-1:module-2:..."

1276

msgstr "GtkModulesList=modul-1:modul-2:..."

1277

1278

#: C/gdm.xml:2113(para)

1279

msgid "A colon separated list of Gtk+ modules that <command>gdmgreeter</command> or <command>gdmlogin</command> will be invoked with if <filename>AddGtkModules</filename> is true. The format is the same as the standard Gtk+ module interface."

1280

msgstr ""

1281

1282

#: C/gdm.xml:2124(term)

1283

msgid "HaltCommand"

1284

msgstr "HaltCommand"

1285

1286

#: C/gdm.xml:2126(synopsis)

1287

#, no-wrap

1288

msgid "HaltCommand=<sbin>/shutdown -h now"

1289

msgstr "HaltCommand=<sbin>/shutdown -h now"

1290

1291

#: C/gdm.xml:2127(para)

1292

msgid "Full path and arguments to command to be executed when user selects \"Shut Down\" from the Actions menu. This can be a ';' separated list of commands to try. If a value is missing, the shut down command is not available. Note that the default for this value is not empty, so to disable \"Shut Down\" it must be set to an empty value."

1293

msgstr ""

1294

1295

#: C/gdm.xml:2140(term)

1296

msgid "KillInitClients"

1297

msgstr "KillInitClients"

1298

1299

#: C/gdm.xml:2142(synopsis)

1300

#, no-wrap

1301

msgid "KillInitClients=true"

1302

msgstr "KillInitClients=true"

1303

1304

#: C/gdm.xml:2143(para)

1305

msgid "Determines whether GDM should kill X clients started by the init scripts when the user logs in."

1306

msgstr ""

1307

1308

#: C/gdm.xml:2151(term)

1309

msgid "LogDir"

1310

msgstr "LogDir"

1311

1312

#: C/gdm.xml:2153(synopsis)

1313

#, no-wrap

1314

msgid "LogDir=<var>/log/gdm"

1315

msgstr "LogDir=<var>/log/gdm"

1316

1317

#: C/gdm.xml:2154(para)

1318

msgid "Directory containing the log files for the individual displays. By default this is the same as the ServAuthDir."

1319

msgstr ""

1320

1321

#: C/gdm.xml:2162(term)

1322

msgid "PidFile"

1323

msgstr "PidFile"

1324

1325

#: C/gdm.xml:2164(synopsis)

1326

#, no-wrap

1327

msgid "PidFile=<var>/run/gdm.pid"

1328

msgstr "PidFile=<var>/run/gdm.pid"

1329

1330

#: C/gdm.xml:2165(para)

1331

msgid "Name of the file containing the <filename>gdm</filename> process id."

1332

msgstr ""

1333

1334

#: C/gdm.xml:2173(term)

1335

msgid "PreFetchProgram"

1336

msgstr "PreFetchProgram"

1337

1338

#: C/gdm.xml:2175(synopsis)

1339

#, no-wrap

1340

msgid "PreFetchProgram=command"

1341

msgstr "PreFetchProgram=command"

1342

1343

#: C/gdm.xml:2176(para)

1344

msgid "Program to be run by the GDM greeter/login program when the initial screen is displayed. The purpose is to provide a hook where files which will be used after login can be preloaded to speed performance for the user. The program will be called once only, the first time a greeter is displayed. The gdmprefetch command may be used. This utility will load any libraries passed in on the command line, or if the argument starts with a \"@\" character, it will process the file assuming it is an ASCII file containing a list of libraries, one per line, and load each library in the file."

1345

msgstr ""

1346

1347

#: C/gdm.xml:2192(term)

1348

msgid "PostLoginScriptDir"

1349

msgstr "PostLoginScriptDir"

1350

1351

#: C/gdm.xml:2194(synopsis)

1352

#, no-wrap

1353

msgid "PostLoginScriptDir=<etc>/gdm/PostLogin"

1354

msgstr "PostLoginScriptDir=<etc>/gdm/PostLogin"

1355

1356

#: C/gdm.xml:2195(para)

1357

msgid "Directory containing the scripts run right after the user logs in, but before any session setup is done. See the ``The Script Directories'' section for more info."

1358

msgstr ""

1359

1360

#: C/gdm.xml:2204(term)

1361

msgid "PostSessionScriptDir"

1362

msgstr "PostSessionScriptDir"

1363

1364

#: C/gdm.xml:2206(synopsis)

1365

#, no-wrap

1366

msgid "PostSessionScriptDir=<etc>/gdm/PostSession"

1367

msgstr "PostSessionScriptDir=<etc>/gdm/PostSession"

1368

1369

#: C/gdm.xml:2207(para)

1370

msgid "Directory containing the scripts run after the user logs out. See the ``The Script Directories'' section for more info."

1371

msgstr ""

1372

1373

#: C/gdm.xml:2215(term)

1374

msgid "PreSessionScriptDir"

1375

msgstr "PreSessionScriptDir"

1376

1377

#: C/gdm.xml:2217(synopsis)

1378

#, no-wrap

1379

msgid "PreSessionScriptDir=<etc>/gdm/PreSession"

1380

msgstr "PreSessionScriptDir=<etc>/gdm/PreSession"

1381

1382

#: C/gdm.xml:2218(para)

1383

msgid "Directory containing the scripts run before the user logs in. See the ``The Script Directories'' section for more info."

1384

msgstr ""

1385

1386

#: C/gdm.xml:2226(term)

1387

msgid "RebootCommand"

1388

msgstr "RebootCommand"

1389

1390

#: C/gdm.xml:2228(synopsis)

1391

#, no-wrap

1392

msgid "RebootCommand=<sbin>/shutdown -r now"

1393

msgstr "RebootCommand=<sbin>/shutdown -r now"

1394

1395

#: C/gdm.xml:2229(para)

1396

msgid "Full path and optional arguments to the command to be executed when user selects Restart from the Actions menu. This can be a ';' separated list of commands to try. If missing, the restart command is not available. Note that the default for this value is not empty so to disable restart you must set this explicitly to an empty value."

1397

msgstr ""

1398

1399

#: C/gdm.xml:2241(term)

1400

msgid "RemoteGreeter"

1401

msgstr "RemoteGreeter"

1402

1403

#: C/gdm.xml:2243(synopsis)

1404

#, no-wrap

1405

msgid "RemoteGreeter=<bin>/gdmlogin"

1406

msgstr "RemoteGreeter=<bin>/gdmlogin"

1407

1408

#: C/gdm.xml:2244(para)

1409

msgid "Full path and name of the greeter executable followed by optional arguments. This is used for all remote XDMCP sessions. It is useful to have the less graphically demanding greeter here if you use the Themed Greeter for your main greeter. See also the <filename>Greeter</filename> key."

1410

msgstr ""

1411

1412

#: C/gdm.xml:2255(term)

1413

msgid "RootPath"

1414

msgstr "RootPath"

1415

1416

#: C/gdm.xml:2257(synopsis)

1417

#, no-wrap

1418

msgid "RootPath=defaultpath (value set by configure)"

1419

msgstr "RootPath=defaultpath (value set by configure)"

1420

1421

#: C/gdm.xml:2258(para)

1422

msgid "Specifies the path which will be set in the root's session and the {Init,PostLogin,PreSession,PostSession} scripts executed by GDM. This value will be overridden with the value from <filename>/etc/default/login</filename> if it contains \"SUROOT=<pathname>\". If the <filename>/etc/default/login</filename> file exists, but contains no value for SUROOT, the value as defined in the GDM configuration will be used."

1423

msgstr ""

1424

1425

#: C/gdm.xml:2272(term)

1426

msgid "ServAuthDir"

1427

msgstr "ServAuthDir"

1428

1429

#: C/gdm.xml:2274(synopsis)

1430

#, no-wrap

1431

msgid "ServAuthDir=<var>/gdm"

1432

msgstr "ServAuthDir=<var>/gdm"

1433

1434

#: C/gdm.xml:2275(para)

1435

msgid "Directory containing the X authentication files for the individual displays. Should be owned by <filename>root.gdm</filename> with permissions 1770, where <filename>gdm</filename> is the GDM group as defined by the <filename>Group</filename> option. That is should be owned by root, with <filename>gdm</filename> group having full write permissions and the directory should be sticky and others should have no permission to the directory. This way the GDM user can't remove files owned by root in that directory, while still being able to write its own files there. GDM will attempt to change permissions for you when it's first run if the permissions are not the above. This directory is also used for other private files that the daemon needs to store. Other users should not have any way to get into this directory and read/change it's contents. Anybody who can read this directory can connect to any display on this computer."

1436

msgstr ""

1437

1438

#: C/gdm.xml:2297(term)

1439

msgid "SessionDesktopDir"

1440

msgstr "SessionDesktopDir"

1441

1442

#: C/gdm.xml:2299(synopsis)

1443

#, no-wrap

1444

msgid "SessionDesktopDir=<etc>/X11/sessions/:<etc>/dm/Sessions/:<share>/xsessions/"

1445

msgstr "SessionDesktopDir=<etc>/X11/sessions/:<etc>/dm/Sessions/:<share>/xsessions/"

1446

1447

#: C/gdm.xml:2300(para)

1448

msgid "Directory containing the <filename>.desktop</filename> files which are the available sessions on the system. Since 2.4.4.2 this is treated like a PATH type variable and the first file found is used."

1449

msgstr ""

1450

1451

#: C/gdm.xml:2310(term)

1452

msgid "SoundProgram"

1453

msgstr "SoundProgram"

1454

1455

#: C/gdm.xml:2312(filename)

1456

msgid "<bin>/play"

1457

msgstr "<bin>/play"

1458

1459

#: C/gdm.xml:2312(filename)

1460

msgid "<bin>/audioplay"

1461

msgstr "<bin>/audioplay"

1462

1463

#: C/gdm.xml:2312(synopsis)

1464

#, no-wrap

1465

msgid "SoundProgram=<placeholder-1/> (or <placeholder-2/> on Solaris)"

1466

msgstr "SoundProgram=<placeholder-1/> (eller <placeholder-2/> på Solaris)"

1467

1468

#: C/gdm.xml:2313(para)

1469

msgid "Application to use when playing a sound. Currently used for playing the login sound, see the <filename>SoundOnLoginFile</filename> key. Supported since 2.5.90.0."

1470

msgstr ""

1471

1472

#: C/gdm.xml:2323(term)

1473

msgid "StandardXServer"

1474

msgstr "StandardXServer"

1475

1476

#: C/gdm.xml:2325(synopsis)

1477

#, no-wrap

1478

msgid "StandardXServer=/dir/to/X (value assigned by configuration file)"

1479

msgstr "StandardXServer=/sökväg/till/X (värdet tilldelat av konfigurationsfilen)"

1480

1481

#: C/gdm.xml:2326(para)

1482

msgid "Full path and arguments to the standard X server command. This is used when gdm cannot find any other definition, and it's used as the default and failsafe fallback in a number of places. This should be able to run some sort of X server."

1483

msgstr ""

1484

1485

#: C/gdm.xml:2337(term)

1486

msgid "SuspendCommand"

1487

msgstr "SuspendCommand"

1488

1489

#: C/gdm.xml:2339(synopsis)

1490

#, no-wrap

1491

msgid "SuspendCommand="

1492

msgstr "SuspendCommand="

1493

1494

#: C/gdm.xml:2340(para)

1495

msgid "Full path and arguments to command to be executed when user selects Suspend from the Actions menu. If empty there is no such menu item. Note that the default for this value is not empty so to disable suspend you must set this explicitly to an empty value."

1496

msgstr ""

1497

1498

#: C/gdm.xml:2351(term)

1499

msgid "TimedLoginEnable"

1500

msgstr "TimedLoginEnable"

1501

1502

#: C/gdm.xml:2353(synopsis)

1503

#, no-wrap

1504

msgid "TimedLoginEnable=false"

1505

msgstr "TimedLoginEnable=false"

1506

1507

#: C/gdm.xml:2354(para)

1508

msgid "If the user given in <filename>TimedLogin</filename> should be logged in after a number of seconds (set with <filename>TimedLoginDelay</filename>) of inactivity on the login screen. This is useful for public access terminals or perhaps even home use. If the user uses the keyboard or browses the menus, the timeout will be reset to <filename>TimedLoginDelay</filename> or 30 seconds, whichever is higher. If the user does not enter a username but just hits the ENTER key while the login program is requesting the username, then GDM will assume the user wants to login immediately as the timed user. Note that no password will be asked for this user so you should be careful, although if using PAM it can be configured to require password entry before allowing login."

1509

msgstr ""

1510

1511

#: C/gdm.xml:2374(term)

1512

msgid "TimedLogin"

1513

msgstr "TimedLogin"

1514

1515

#: C/gdm.xml:2376(synopsis)

1516

#, no-wrap

1517

msgid "TimedLogin="

1518

msgstr "TimedLogin="

1519

1520

#: C/gdm.xml:2377(para)

1521

msgid "This is the user that should be logged in after a specified number of seconds of inactivity. This can never be \"root\" and gdm will refuse to log in root this way. The same features as for <filename>AutomaticLogin</filename> are supported. The same control chars and piping to a application are supported."

1522

msgstr ""

1523

1524

#: C/gdm.xml:2389(term)

1525

msgid "TimedLoginDelay"

1526

msgstr "TimedLoginDelay"

1527

1528

#: C/gdm.xml:2391(synopsis)

1529

#, no-wrap

1530

msgid "TimedLoginDelay=30"

1531

msgstr "TimedLoginDelay=30"

1532

1533

#: C/gdm.xml:2392(para)

1534

msgid "Delay in seconds before the <filename>TimedLogin</filename> user will be logged in. It must be greater then or equal to 10."

1535

msgstr ""

1536

1537

#: C/gdm.xml:2400(term)

1538

msgid "User"

1539

msgstr "User"

1540

1541

#: C/gdm.xml:2402(synopsis)

1542

#, no-wrap

1543

msgid "User=gdm"

1544

msgstr "User=gdm"

1545

1546

#: C/gdm.xml:2403(para)

1547

msgid "The username under which <command>gdmlogin</command>, <command>gdmgreeter</command>, <command>gdmchooser</command> and the internal failsafe GTK+ dialogs are run. Also see <filename>Group</filename>. This user will have access to all the X authorization files, and perhaps to other internal GDM data and it should not therefore be a user such as nobody, but rather a dedicated user."

1548

msgstr ""

1549

1550

#: C/gdm.xml:2417(term)

1551

msgid "UserAuthDir"

1552

msgstr "UserAuthDir"

1553

1554

#: C/gdm.xml:2419(synopsis)

1555

#, no-wrap

1556

msgid "UserAuthDir="

1557

msgstr "UserAuthDir="

1558

1559

#: C/gdm.xml:2420(para)

1560

msgid "The directory where user's <filename>.Xauthority</filename> file should be saved. When nothing is specified the user's home directory is used. This is tilde expanded so you can set it to things like: <filename>~/authdir/</filename>."

1561

msgstr ""

1562

1563

#: C/gdm.xml:2427(para)

1564

msgid "If you do not use the tilde expansion, then the filename created will be random, like in <filename>UserAuthFBDir</filename>. This way many users can have the same authentication directory. For example you might want to set this to <filename>/tmp</filename> when user has the home directory on NFS, since you really don't want cookie files to go over the wire. The users should really have write privileges to this directory, and this directory should really be sticky and all that, just like the <filename>/tmp</filename> directory."

1565

msgstr ""

1566

1567

#: C/gdm.xml:2440(para)

1568

msgid "Normally if this is the user's home directory GDM will still refuse to put cookies there if it thinks it is NFS (by testing root-squashing). This can be changed by setting <filename>NeverPlaceCookiesOnNFS</filename> in the <filename>[security]</filename> section to false."

1569

msgstr ""

1570

1571

#: C/gdm.xml:2451(term)

1572

msgid "UserAuthFBDir"

1573

msgstr "UserAuthFBDir"

1574

1575

#: C/gdm.xml:2453(synopsis)

1576

#, no-wrap

1577

msgid "UserAuthFBDir=/tmp"

1578

msgstr "UserAuthFBDir=/tmp"

1579

1580

#: C/gdm.xml:2454(para)

1581

msgid "If GDM fails to update the user's <filename>.Xauthority</filename> file a fallback cookie is created in this directory."

1582

msgstr ""

1583

1584

#: C/gdm.xml:2463(term)

1585

msgid "UserAuthFile"

1586

msgstr "UserAuthFile"

1587

1588

#: C/gdm.xml:2465(synopsis)

1589

#, no-wrap

1590

msgid "UserAuthFile=.Xauthority"

1591

msgstr "UserAuthFile=.Xauthority"

1592

1593

#: C/gdm.xml:2466(para)

1594

msgid "Name of the file used for storing user cookies."

1595

msgstr ""

1596

1597

#: C/gdm.xml:2473(term)

1598

msgid "VTAllocation"

1599

msgstr "VTAllocation"

1600

1601

#: C/gdm.xml:2475(synopsis)

1602

#, no-wrap

1603

msgid "VTAllocation=true"

1604

msgstr "VTAllocation=true"

1605

1606

#: C/gdm.xml:2476(para)

1607

msgid "On systems where GDM supports automatic VT (virtual terminal) allocation (currently Linux and FreeBSD only), you can have GDM automatically append the vt argument to the X server executable. This way races that come up from each X server managing it's own vt allocation can be avoided. See also <filename>FirstVT</filename>."

1608

msgstr ""

1609

1610

#: C/gdm.xml:2488(term)

1611

msgid "XKeepsCrashing"

1612

msgstr "XKeepsCrashing"

1613

1614

#: C/gdm.xml:2490(synopsis)

1615

#, no-wrap

1616

msgid "XKeepsCrashing=<etc>/gdm/XKeepsCrashing"

1617

msgstr "XKeepsCrashing=<etc>/gdm/XKeepsCrashing"

1618

1619

#: C/gdm.xml:2491(para)

1620

msgid "A script to run in case X keeps crashing. This is for running An X configuration or whatever else to make the X configuration work. See the script that came with the distribution for an example. The distributed <filename>XKeepsCrashing</filename> script is tested on Red Hat, but may work elsewhere. Your system integrator should make sure this script is up to date for your particular system."

1621

msgstr ""

1622

1623

#: C/gdm.xml:2500(para)

1624

msgid "In case <filename>FailsafeXServer</filename> is setup, that will be tried first. and this only used as a backup if even that X server keeps crashing."

1625

msgstr ""

1626

1627

#: C/gdm.xml:2509(term)

1628

msgid "Xnest"

1629

msgstr "Xnest"

1630

1631

#: C/gdm.xml:2511(synopsis)

1632

#, no-wrap

1633

msgid "Xnest=<bin>/X11/Xnest (/usr/openwin/bin/Xnest on Solaris)"

1634

msgstr "Xnest=<bin>/X11/Xnest (/usr/openwin/bin/Xnest på Solaris)"

1635

1636

#: C/gdm.xml:2512(para)

1637

msgid "The full path and arguments to the Xnest command. This is used for the flexible Xnest displays. This way the user can start new login screens in a nested window. Of course you must have the Xnest display from your X server packages installed for this to work."

1638

msgstr ""

1639

1640

#: C/gdm.xml:2525(title)

1641

msgid "Security Options"

1642

msgstr "Säkerhetsalternativ"

1643

1644

#: C/gdm.xml:2528(title)

1645

msgid "[security]"

1646

msgstr "[security]"

1647

1648

#: C/gdm.xml:2531(term)

1649

msgid "AllowRoot"

1650

msgstr "AllowRoot"

1651

1652

#: C/gdm.xml:2533(synopsis)

1653

#, no-wrap

1654

msgid "AllowRoot=true"

1655

msgstr "AllowRoot=true"

1656

1657

#: C/gdm.xml:2534(para)

1658

msgid "Allow root (privileged user) to log in through GDM. Set this to false if you want to disallow such logins."

1659

msgstr ""

1660

1661

#: C/gdm.xml:2538(para)

1662

msgid "On systems that support PAM, this parameter is not as useful as you can use PAM to do the same thing, and in fact do even more. However it is still followed, so you should probably leave it true for PAM systems."

1663

msgstr ""

1664

1665

#: C/gdm.xml:2548(term)

1666

msgid "AllowRemoteRoot"

1667

msgstr "AllowRemoteRoot"

1668

1669

#: C/gdm.xml:2550(synopsis)

1670

#, no-wrap

1671

msgid "AllowRemoteRoot=false"

1672

msgstr "AllowRemoteRoot=false"

1673

1674

#: C/gdm.xml:2551(para)

1675

msgid "Allow root (privileged user) to log in remotely through GDM. This value should be set to true to allow such logins. Remote logins are any logins that come in through the XDMCP."

1676

msgstr ""

1677

1678

#: C/gdm.xml:2556(para)

1679

msgid "On systems that support PAM, this parameter is not as useful since you can use PAM to do the same thing, and do even more."

1680

msgstr ""

1681

1682

#: C/gdm.xml:2561(para)

1683

msgid "This value will be overridden and set to false if the <filename>/etc/default/login</filename> file exists and contains \"CONSOLE=/dev/login\", and set to true if the <filename>/etc/default/login</filename> file exists and contains any other value or no value for CONSOLE."

1684

msgstr ""

1685

1686

#: C/gdm.xml:2572(term)

1687

msgid "AllowRemoteAutoLogin"

1688

msgstr "AllowRemoteAutoLogin"

1689

1690

#: C/gdm.xml:2574(synopsis)

1691

#, no-wrap

1692

msgid "AllowRemoteAutoLogin=false"

1693

msgstr "AllowRemoteAutoLogin=false"

1694

1695

#: C/gdm.xml:2575(para)

1696

msgid "Allow the timed login to work remotely. That is, remote connections through XDMCP will be allowed to log into the \"TimedLogin\" user by letting the login window time out, just like the local user on the first console."

1697

msgstr ""

1698

1699

#: C/gdm.xml:2581(para)

1700

msgid "Note that this can make a system quite insecure, and thus is off by default."

1701

msgstr ""

1702

1703

#: C/gdm.xml:2589(term)

1704

msgid "CheckDirOwner"

1705

msgstr "CheckDirOwner"

1706

1707

#: C/gdm.xml:2591(synopsis)

1708

#, no-wrap

1709

msgid "CheckDirOwner=true"

1710

msgstr "CheckDirOwner=true"

1711

1712

#: C/gdm.xml:2592(para)

1713

msgid "By default GDM checks the ownership of the home directories before writing to them, this prevents security issues in case of bad setup. However in some instances home directories will be owned by a different user and in this case it is necessary to turn this option on. You will also most likely have to turn the <filename>RelaxPermissions</filename> key to at least value 1 since in such a scenario home directories are likely to be group writable. Supported since 2.6.0.4."

1714

msgstr ""

1715

1716

#: C/gdm.xml:2606(term)

1717

msgid "SupportAutomount"

1718

msgstr "SupportAutomount"

1719

1720

#: C/gdm.xml:2608(synopsis)

1721

#, no-wrap

1722

msgid "SupportAutomount=false"

1723

msgstr "SupportAutomount=false"

1724

1725

#: C/gdm.xml:2609(para)

1726

msgid "By default GDM checks the ownership of the home directories before writing to them, this prevents security issues in case of bad setup. However, when home directories are managed by automounter, they are often not mounted before they are accessed. This option works around subtleties of Linux automounter."

1727

msgstr ""

1728

1729

#: C/gdm.xml:2621(term)

1730

msgid "DisallowTCP"

1731

msgstr "DisallowTCP"

1732

1733

#: C/gdm.xml:2623(synopsis)

1734

#, no-wrap

1735

msgid "DisallowTCP=true"

1736

msgstr "DisallowTCP=true"

1737

1738

#: C/gdm.xml:2624(para)

1739

msgid "If true, then always append <filename>-nolisten tcp</filename> to the command line of local X servers, thus disallowing TCP connection. This is useful if you do not care for allowing remote connections, since the X protocol could really be potentially a security hazard to leave open, even though no known security problems exist."

1740

msgstr ""

1741

1742

#: C/gdm.xml:2637(term)

1743

msgid "NeverPlaceCookiesOnNFS"

1744

msgstr "NeverPlaceCookiesOnNFS"

1745

1746

#: C/gdm.xml:2639(synopsis)

1747

#, no-wrap

1748

msgid "NeverPlaceCookiesOnNFS=true"

1749

msgstr "NeverPlaceCookiesOnNFS=true"

1750

1751

#: C/gdm.xml:2640(para)

1752

msgid "Normally if this is true (which is by default), GDM will not place cookies into the user's home directory if this directory is on NFS. Well, GDM will consider any filesystem with root-squashing an NFS filesystem. Sometimes however the remote file system can have root squashing and be safe (perhaps by using encryption). In this case set this to 'false'. Note that this option appeared in version 2.4.4.4 and is ignored in previous versions."

1753

msgstr ""

1754

1755

#: C/gdm.xml:2654(term)

1756

msgid "PasswordRequired"

1757

msgstr "PasswordRequired"

1758

1759

#: C/gdm.xml:2656(synopsis)

1760

#, no-wrap

1761

msgid "PasswordRequired=false"

1762

msgstr "PasswordRequired=false"

1763

1764

#: C/gdm.xml:2657(para)

1765

msgid "If true, this will cause PAM_DISALLOW_NULL_AUTHTOK to be passed as a flag to pam_authenticate and pam_acct_mgmt, disallowing NULL password. This setting will only take effect if PAM is being used by GDM. This value will be overridden with the value from <filename>/etc/default/login</filename> if it contains \"PASSREQ=[YES|NO]\". If the <filename>/etc/default/login</filename> file exists, but contains no value for PASSREQ, the value as defined in the GDM configuration will be used."

1766

msgstr ""

1767

1768

#: C/gdm.xml:2673(term)

1769

msgid "RelaxPermissions"

1770

msgstr "RelaxPermissions"

1771

1772

#: C/gdm.xml:2675(synopsis)

1773

#, no-wrap

1774

msgid "RelaxPermissions=0"

1775

msgstr "RelaxPermissions=0"

1776

1777

#: C/gdm.xml:2676(para)

1778

msgid "By default GDM ignores files and directories writable to other users than the owner."

1779

msgstr ""

1780

1781

#: C/gdm.xml:2681(para)

1782

msgid "Changing the value of RelaxPermissions makes it possible to alter this behavior:"

1783

msgstr ""

1784

1785

#: C/gdm.xml:2686(para)

1786

msgid "0 - Paranoia option. Only accepts user owned files and directories."

1787

msgstr ""

1788

1789

#: C/gdm.xml:2690(para)

1790

msgid "1 - Allow group writable files and directories."

1791

msgstr ""

1792

1793

#: C/gdm.xml:2693(para)

1794

msgid "2 - Allow world writable files and directories."

1795

msgstr ""

1796

1797

#: C/gdm.xml:2700(term)

1798

msgid "RetryDelay"

1799

msgstr "RetryDelay"

1800

1801

#: C/gdm.xml:2702(synopsis)

1802

#, no-wrap

1803

msgid "RetryDelay=1"

1804

msgstr "RetryDelay=1"

1805

1806

#: C/gdm.xml:2703(para)

1807

msgid "The number of seconds GDM should wait before reactivating the entry field after a failed login."

1808

msgstr ""

1809

1810

#: C/gdm.xml:2711(term)

1811

msgid "UserMaxFile"

1812

msgstr "UserMaxFile"

1813

1814

#: C/gdm.xml:2713(synopsis)

1815

#, no-wrap

1816

msgid "UserMaxFile=65536"

1817

msgstr "UserMaxFile=65536"

1818

1819

#: C/gdm.xml:2714(para)

1820

msgid "GDM will refuse to read/write files bigger than this number (specified in bytes)."

1821

msgstr ""

1822

1823

#: C/gdm.xml:2719(para)

1824

msgid "In addition to the size check GDM is extremely picky about accessing files in user directories. It will not follow symlinks and can optionally refuse to read files and directories writable by other than the owner. See the <filename>RelaxPermissions</filename> option for more info."

1825

msgstr ""

1826

1827

#: C/gdm.xml:2732(title)

1828

msgid "XDCMP Support"

1829

msgstr "XDCMP-stöd"

1830

1831

#: C/gdm.xml:2735(title)

1832

msgid "[xdmcp]"

1833

msgstr "[xdmcp]"

1834

1835

#: C/gdm.xml:2738(term)

1836

msgid "DisplaysPerHost"

1837

msgstr "DisplaysPerHost"

1838

1839

#: C/gdm.xml:2740(synopsis)

1840

#, no-wrap

1841

msgid "DisplaysPerHost=1"

1842

msgstr "DisplaysPerHost=1"

1843

1844

#: C/gdm.xml:2741(para)

1845

msgid "To prevent attackers from filling up the pending queue, GDM will only allow one connection for each remote computer. If you want to provide display services to computers with more than one screen, you should increase the <filename>DisplaysPerHost</filename> value accordingly."

1846

msgstr ""

1847

1848

#: C/gdm.xml:2749(para)

1849

msgid "Note that the number of connections from the local computer is unlimited. Only remote connections are limited by this number."

1850

msgstr ""

1851

1852

#: C/gdm.xml:2757(term)

1853

#: C/gdm.xml:4004(term)

1854

msgid "Enable"

1855

msgstr "Enable"

1856

1857

#: C/gdm.xml:2759(synopsis)

1858

#: C/gdm.xml:4006(synopsis)

1859

#, no-wrap

1860

msgid "Enable=false"

1861

msgstr "Enable=false"

1862

1863

#: C/gdm.xml:2760(para)

1864

msgid "Setting this to true enables XDMCP support allowing remote displays/X terminals to be managed by GDM."

1865

msgstr ""

1866

1867

#: C/gdm.xml:2765(para)

1868

msgid "<filename>gdm</filename> listens for requests on UDP port 177. See the Port option for more information."

1869

msgstr ""

1870

1871

#: C/gdm.xml:2770(para)

1872

msgid "If GDM is compiled to support it, access from remote displays can be controlled using the TCP Wrappers library. The service name is <filename>gdm</filename>"

1873

msgstr ""

1874

1875

#: C/gdm.xml:2776(para)

1876

msgid ""

1877

"You should add <screen>\n"

1878

"gdm:.my.domain\n"

1879

"</screen> to your <filename><etc>/hosts.allow</filename>, depending on your TCP Wrappers configuration. See the <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"man:hosts.allow\">hosts.allow(5)</ulink> man page for details."

1880

msgstr ""

1881

1882

#: C/gdm.xml:2787(para)

1883

msgid "Please note that XDMCP is not a particularly secure protocol and that it is a good idea to block UDP port 177 on your firewall unless you really need it."

1884

msgstr ""

1885

1886

#: C/gdm.xml:2796(term)

1887

msgid "EnableProxy"

1888

msgstr "EnableProxy"

1889

1890

#: C/gdm.xml:2798(synopsis)

1891

#, no-wrap

1892

msgid "EnableProxy=false"

1893

msgstr "EnableProxy=false"

1894

1895

#: C/gdm.xml:2799(para)

1896

msgid "Setting this to true enables support for running XDMCP sessions on a local proxy X server. This may improve the performance of XDMCP sessions, especially on high latency networks, as many X protocol operations can be completed without going over the network."

1897

msgstr ""

1898

1899

#: C/gdm.xml:2806(para)

1900

msgid "Note, however, that this mode will significantly increase the burden on the machine hosting the XDMCP sessions"

1901

msgstr ""

1902

1903

#: C/gdm.xml:2810(para)

1904

msgid "See the <filename>FlexiProxy</filename> and <filename>FlexiProxyDisconnect</filename> options for further details on how to configure support for this feature."

1905

msgstr ""

1906

1907

#: C/gdm.xml:2819(term)

1908

msgid "HonorIndirect"

1909

msgstr "HonorIndirect"

1910

1911

#: C/gdm.xml:2821(synopsis)

1912

#, no-wrap

1913

msgid "HonorIndirect=true"

1914

msgstr "HonorIndirect=true"

1915

1916

#: C/gdm.xml:2822(para)

1917

msgid "Enables XDMCP INDIRECT choosing (i.e. remote execution of <filename>gdmchooser</filename>) for X-terminals which don't supply their own display browser."

1918

msgstr ""

1919

1920

#: C/gdm.xml:2831(term)

1921

msgid "MaxPending"

1922

msgstr "MaxPending"

1923

1924

#: C/gdm.xml:2833(synopsis)

1925

#, no-wrap

1926

msgid "MaxPending=4"

1927

msgstr "MaxPending=4"

1928

1929

#: C/gdm.xml:2834(para)

1930

msgid "To avoid denial of service attacks, GDM has fixed size queue of pending connections. Only MaxPending displays can start at the same time."

1931

msgstr ""

1932

1933

#: C/gdm.xml:2840(para)

1934

msgid "Please note that this parameter does *not* limit the number of remote displays which can be managed. It only limits the number of displays initiating a connection simultaneously."

1935

msgstr ""

1936

1937

#: C/gdm.xml:2849(term)

1938

msgid "MaxPendingIndirect"

1939

msgstr "MaxPendingIndirect"

1940

1941

#: C/gdm.xml:2851(synopsis)

1942

#, no-wrap

1943

msgid "MaxPendingIndirect=4"

1944

msgstr "MaxPendingIndirect=4"

1945

1946

#: C/gdm.xml:2852(para)

1947

msgid "GDM will only provide <filename>MaxPendingIndirect</filename> displays with host choosers simultaneously. If more queries from different hosts come in, the oldest ones will be forgotten."

1948

msgstr ""

1949

1950

#: C/gdm.xml:2862(term)

1951

msgid "MaxSessions"

1952

msgstr "MaxSessions"

1953

1954

#: C/gdm.xml:2864(synopsis)

1955

#, no-wrap

1956

msgid "MaxSessions=16"

1957

msgstr "MaxSessions=16"

1958

1959

#: C/gdm.xml:2865(para)

1960

msgid "Determines the maximum number of remote display connections which will be managed simultaneously. I.e. the total number of remote displays that can use your host."

1961

msgstr ""

1962

1963

#: C/gdm.xml:2874(term)

1964

msgid "MaxWait"

1965

msgstr "MaxWait"

1966

1967

#: C/gdm.xml:2876(synopsis)

1968

#, no-wrap

1969

msgid "MaxWait=30"

1970

msgstr "MaxWait=30"

1971

1972

#: C/gdm.xml:2877(para)

1973

msgid "When GDM is ready to manage a display an ACCEPT packet is sent to it containing a unique session id which will be used in future XDMCP conversations."

1974

msgstr ""

1975

1976

#: C/gdm.xml:2883(para)

1977

msgid "GDM will then place the session id in the pending queue waiting for the display to respond with a MANAGE request."

1978

msgstr ""

1979

1980

#: C/gdm.xml:2888(para)

1981

msgid "If no response is received within MaxWait seconds, GDM will declare the display dead and erase it from the pending queue freeing up the slot for other displays."

1982

msgstr ""

1983

1984

#: C/gdm.xml:2897(term)

1985

msgid "MaxWaitIndirect"

1986

msgstr "MaxWaitIndirect"

1987

1988

#: C/gdm.xml:2899(synopsis)

1989

#, no-wrap

1990

msgid "MaxWaitIndirect=30"

1991

msgstr "MaxWaitIndirect=30"

1992

1993

#: C/gdm.xml:2900(para)

1994

msgid "The MaxWaitIndirect parameter determines the maximum number of seconds between the time where a user chooses a host and the subsequent indirect query where the user is connected to the host. When the timeout is exceeded, the information about the chosen host is forgotten and the indirect slot freed up for other displays. The information may be forgotten earlier if there are more hosts trying to send indirect queries then <filename>MaxPendingIndirect</filename>."

1995

msgstr ""

1996

1997

#: C/gdm.xml:2914(term)

1998

msgid "Port"

1999

msgstr "Port"

2000

2001

#: C/gdm.xml:2916(synopsis)

2002

#, no-wrap

2003

msgid "Port=177"

2004

msgstr "Port=177"

2005

2006

#: C/gdm.xml:2917(para)

2007

msgid "The UDP port number <filename>gdm</filename> should listen to for XDMCP requests. Don't change this unless you know what you are doing."

2008

msgstr ""

2009

2010

#: C/gdm.xml:2926(term)

2011

msgid "PingIntervalSeconds"

2012

msgstr "PingIntervalSeconds"

2013

2014

#: C/gdm.xml:2928(synopsis)

2015

#, no-wrap

2016

msgid "PingIntervalSeconds=15"

2017

msgstr "PingIntervalSeconds=15"

2018

2019

#: C/gdm.xml:2929(para)

2020

msgid "Interval in which to ping the X server in seconds. If the X server doesn't return before the next time we ping it, the connection is stopped and the session ended. This is a combination of the XDM PingInterval and PingTimeout, but in seconds."

2021

msgstr ""

2022

2023

#: C/gdm.xml:2937(para)

2024

msgid "Note that GDM in the past used to have a <filename>PingInterval</filename> configuration key which was also in minutes. For most purposes you'd want this setting to be lower then one minute however since in most cases where XDMCP would be used (such as terminal labs), a lag of more than 15 or so seconds would really mean that the terminal was turned off or restarted and you would want to end the session."

2025

msgstr ""

2026

2027

#: C/gdm.xml:2950(term)

2028

msgid "ProxyReconnect"

2029

msgstr "ProxyReconnect"

2030

2031

#: C/gdm.xml:2952(synopsis)

2032

#, no-wrap

2033

msgid "FlexiProxyReconnect="

2034

msgstr "FlexiProxyReconnect="

2035

2036

#: C/gdm.xml:2953(para)

2037

msgid "Setting this option enables experimental support for session migration with XDMCP sessions. This enables users to disconnect from their session and later reconnect to that same session, possibly from a different terminal."

2038

msgstr ""

2039

2040

#: C/gdm.xml:2959(para)

2041

msgid "In order to use this feature, you must have a nested X server available which supports disconnecting from its parent X server and reconnecting to another X server. Currently, the Distributed Multihead X (DMX) server supports this feature to some extent and other projects like NoMachine NX are busy implementing it."

2042

msgstr ""

2043

2044

#: C/gdm.xml:2966(para)

2045

msgid "This option should be set to the path of a command which will handle reconnecting the XDMCP proxy to another backend display. A sample implementation for use with DMX is supplied."

2046

msgstr ""

2047

2048

#: C/gdm.xml:2975(term)

2049

msgid "ProxyXServer"

2050

msgstr "ProxyXServer"

2051

2052

#: C/gdm.xml:2977(synopsis)

2053

#, no-wrap

2054

msgid "ProxyXServer="

2055

msgstr "ProxyXServer="

2056

2057

#: C/gdm.xml:2978(para)

2058

msgid "The X server command line for a XDMCP proxy. Any nested X server like Xnest, Xephr or Xdmx should work fairly well."

2059

msgstr ""

2060

2061

#: C/gdm.xml:2986(term)

2062

msgid "Willing"

2063

msgstr "Willing"

2064

2065

#: C/gdm.xml:2988(synopsis)

2066

#, no-wrap

2067

msgid "Willing=<etc>/gdm/Xwilling"

2068

msgstr "Willing=<etc>/gdm/Xwilling"

2069

2070

#: C/gdm.xml:2989(para)

2071

msgid "When the machine sends a WILLING packet back after a QUERY it sends a string that gives the current status of this server. The default message is the system ID, but it is possible to create a script that displays customized message. If this script doesn't exist or this key is empty the default message is sent. If this script succeeds and produces some output, the first line of it's output is sent (and only the first line). It runs at most once every 3 seconds to prevent possible denial of service by flooding the machine with QUERY packets."

2072

msgstr ""

2073

2074

#: C/gdm.xml:3007(title)

2075

msgid "Common GUI Configuration Options"

2076

msgstr ""

2077

2078

#: C/gdm.xml:3010(title)

2079

msgid "[gui]"

2080

msgstr "[gui]"

2081

2082

#: C/gdm.xml:3013(term)

2083

msgid "AllowGtkThemeChange"

2084

msgstr "AllowGtkThemeChange"

2085

2086

#: C/gdm.xml:3015(synopsis)

2087

#, no-wrap

2088

msgid "AllowGtkThemeChange=true"

2089

msgstr "AllowGtkThemeChange=true"

2090

2091

#: C/gdm.xml:3016(para)

2092

msgid "If to allow changing the GTK+ (widget) theme from the greeter. Currently this only affects the standard greeter as the graphical greeter does not yet have this ability. The theme will stay in effect on this display until changed and will affect all the other windows that are put up by GDM. Supported since 2.5.90.2."

2093

msgstr ""

2094

2095

#: C/gdm.xml:3028(term)

2096

msgid "GtkRC"

2097

msgstr "GtkRC"

2098

2099

#: C/gdm.xml:3030(synopsis)

2100

#, no-wrap

2101

msgid "GtkRC="

2102

msgstr "GtkRC="

2103

2104

#: C/gdm.xml:3031(para)

2105

msgid "Path to a <filename>gtkrc</filename> to read when GDM puts up a window. You should really now use the <filename>GtkTheme</filename> key for just setting a theme."

2106

msgstr ""

2107

2108

#: C/gdm.xml:3040(term)

2109

msgid "GtkTheme"

2110

msgstr "GtkTheme"

2111

2112

#: C/gdm.xml:3042(synopsis)

2113

#, no-wrap

2114

msgid "GtkTheme=Default"

2115

msgstr "GtkTheme=Default"

2116

2117

#: C/gdm.xml:3043(para)

2118

msgid "A name of an installed theme to use by default. It will be used in the greeter, chooser and all other GUI windows put up by GDM. Supported since 2.5.90.2."

2119

msgstr ""

2120

2121

#: C/gdm.xml:3052(term)

2122

msgid "GtkThemesToAllow"

2123

msgstr "GtkThemesToAllow"

2124

2125

#: C/gdm.xml:3054(synopsis)

2126

#, no-wrap

2127

msgid "GtkThemesToAllow=all"

2128

msgstr "GtkThemesToAllow=all"

2129

2130

#: C/gdm.xml:3055(para)

2131

msgid "Comma separated list of themes to allow. These must be the names of the themes installed in the standard locations for GTK+ themes. You can also specify 'all' to allow all installed themes. This is related to the <filename>AllowGtkThemeChange</filename> key. Supported since 2.5.90.2."

2132

msgstr ""

2133

2134

#: C/gdm.xml:3067(term)

2135

msgid "MaxIconWidth"

2136

msgstr "MaxIconWidth"

2137

2138

#: C/gdm.xml:3069(synopsis)

2139

#, no-wrap

2140

msgid "MaxIconWidth=128"

2141

msgstr "MaxIconWidth=128"

2142

2143

#: C/gdm.xml:3070(para)

2144

msgid "Specifies the maximum icon width (in pixels) that the face browser will display. Icons larger than this will be scaled. This also affects icons in the XDMCP chooser."

2145

msgstr ""

2146

2147

#: C/gdm.xml:3079(term)

2148

msgid "MaxIconHeight"

2149

msgstr "MaxIconHeight"

2150

2151

#: C/gdm.xml:3081(synopsis)

2152

#, no-wrap

2153

msgid "MaxIconHeight=128"

2154

msgstr "MaxIconHeight=128"

2155

2156

#: C/gdm.xml:3082(para)

2157

msgid "Specifies the maximum icon height (in pixels) that the face browser will display. Icons larger than this will be scaled. This also affects icons in the XDMCP chooser."

2158

msgstr ""

2159

2160

#: C/gdm.xml:3093(title)

2161

msgid "Greeter Configuration"

2162

msgstr ""

2163

2164

#: C/gdm.xml:3096(title)

2165

msgid "[greeter]"

2166

msgstr "[greeter]"

2167

2168

#: C/gdm.xml:3099(term)

2169

msgid "BackgroundColor"

2170

msgstr "BackgroundColor"

2171

2172

#: C/gdm.xml:3101(synopsis)

2173

#, no-wrap

2174

msgid "BackgroundColor=#76848F"

2175

msgstr "BackgroundColor=#76848F"

2176

2177

#: C/gdm.xml:3102(para)

2178

msgid "If the BackgroundType is 2, use this color in the background of the greeter. Also use it as the back of transparent images set on the background and if the BackgroundRemoteOnlyColor is set and this is a remote display. This only affects the GTK+ Greeter."

2179

msgstr ""

2180

2181

#: C/gdm.xml:3113(term)

2182

msgid "BackgroundProgramInitialDelay"

2183

msgstr "BackgroundProgramInitialDelay"

2184

2185

#: C/gdm.xml:3115(synopsis)

2186

#, no-wrap

2187

msgid "BackgroundProgramInitialDelay=30"

2188

msgstr "BackgroundProgramInitialDelay=30"

2189

2190

#: C/gdm.xml:3116(para)

2191

msgid "The background application will be started after at least that many seconds of inactivity."

2192

msgstr ""

2193

2194

#: C/gdm.xml:3124(term)

2195

msgid "RestartBackgroundProgram"

2196

msgstr "RestartBackgroundProgram"

2197

2198

#: C/gdm.xml:3126(synopsis)

2199

#, no-wrap

2200

msgid "RestartBackgroundProgram=true"

2201

msgstr "RestartBackgroundProgram=true"

2202

2203

#: C/gdm.xml:3127(para)

2204

msgid "If set the background application will be restarted when it has exited, after the delay described below has elapsed. This option can be useful when you wish to run a screen saver application when no user is using the computer."

2205

msgstr ""

2206

2207

#: C/gdm.xml:3137(term)

2208

msgid "BackgroundProgramRestartDelay"

2209

msgstr "BackgroundProgramRestartDelay"

2210

2211

#: C/gdm.xml:3139(synopsis)

2212

#, no-wrap

2213

msgid "BackgroundProgramRestartDelay=30"

2214

msgstr "BackgroundProgramRestartDelay=30"

2215

2216

#: C/gdm.xml:3140(para)

2217

msgid "The background application will be restarted after at least that many seconds of inactivity."

2218

msgstr ""

2219

2220

#: C/gdm.xml:3148(term)

2221

msgid "BackgroundImage"

2222

msgstr "BackgroundImage"

2223

2224

#: C/gdm.xml:3150(synopsis)

2225

#, no-wrap

2226

msgid "BackgroundImage=somefile.png"

2227

msgstr "BackgroundImage=någonfil.png"

2228

2229

#: C/gdm.xml:3151(para)

2230

msgid "If the BackgroundType is 1, then display this file as the background in the greeter. This only affects the GTK+ Greeter."

2231

msgstr ""

2232

2233

#: C/gdm.xml:3160(term)

2234

msgid "BackgroundProgram"

2235

msgstr "BackgroundProgram"

2236

2237

#: C/gdm.xml:3162(synopsis)

2238

#, no-wrap

2239

msgid "BackgroundProgram=<bin>/xeyes"

2240

msgstr "BackgroundProgram=<bin>/xeyes"

2241

2242

#: C/gdm.xml:3163(para)

2243

msgid "If set this command will be run in the background while the login window is being displayed. Note that not all applications will run this way, since GDM does not usually have a home directory. You could set up home directory for the GDM user if you wish to run applications which require it. This only affects the GTK+ Greeter."

2244

msgstr ""

2245

2246

#: C/gdm.xml:3175(term)

2247

msgid "BackgroundRemoteOnlyColor"

2248

msgstr "BackgroundRemoteOnlyColor"

2249

2250

#: C/gdm.xml:3177(synopsis)

2251

#, no-wrap

2252

msgid "BackgroundRemoteOnlyColor=true"

2253

msgstr "BackgroundRemoteOnlyColor=true"

2254

2255

#: C/gdm.xml:3178(para)

2256

msgid "On remote displays only set the color background. This is to make network load lighter. The <filename>BackgroundProgram</filename> is also not run. This only affects the GTK+ Greeter."

2257

msgstr ""

2258

2259

#: C/gdm.xml:3188(term)

2260

msgid "BackgroundScaleToFit"

2261

msgstr "BackgroundScaleToFit"

2262

2263

#: C/gdm.xml:3190(synopsis)

2264

#, no-wrap

2265

msgid "BackgroundScaleToFit=true"

2266

msgstr "BackgroundScaleToFit=true"

2267

2268

#: C/gdm.xml:3191(para)

2269

msgid "Scale background image to fit the screen. This only affects the GTK+ Greeter."

2270

msgstr ""

2271

2272

#: C/gdm.xml:3199(term)

2273

msgid "BackgroundType"

2274

msgstr "BackgroundType"

2275

2276

#: C/gdm.xml:3201(synopsis)

2277

#, no-wrap

2278

msgid "BackgroundType=2"

2279

msgstr "BackgroundType=2"

2280

2281

#: C/gdm.xml:3202(para)

2282

msgid "The type of background to set. 0 is none, 1 is image and color, 2 is color and 3 is image. This only affects the GTK+ Greeter."

2283

msgstr ""

2284

2285

#: C/gdm.xml:3210(term)

2286

msgid "Browser"

2287

msgstr "Browser"

2288

2289

#: C/gdm.xml:3212(synopsis)

2290

#, no-wrap

2291

msgid "Browser=true"

2292

msgstr "Browser=true"

2293

2294

#: C/gdm.xml:3213(para)

2295

msgid "Set to true to enable the face browser. See the ``The GTK+ Greeter'' section for more information on the face browser. This option only works for the GTK+ Greeter. For the Themed Greeter, the face browser is enabled by choosing a theme which includes a face browser"

2296

msgstr ""

2297

2298

#: C/gdm.xml:3224(term)

2299

msgid "ChooserButton"

2300

msgstr "ChooserButton"

2301

2302

#: C/gdm.xml:3226(synopsis)

2303

#, no-wrap

2304

msgid "ChooserButton=true"

2305

msgstr "ChooserButton=true"

2306

2307

#: C/gdm.xml:3227(para)

2308

msgid "If true, add a chooser button to the Actions menu that will restart the current X server with a chooser. XDMCP does not need to be enabled on the local computer for this to work."

2309

msgstr ""

2310

2311

#: C/gdm.xml:3236(term)

2312

msgid "ConfigAvailable"

2313

msgstr "ConfigAvailable"

2314

2315

#: C/gdm.xml:3238(synopsis)

2316

#, no-wrap

2317

msgid "ConfigAvailable=false"

2318

msgstr "ConfigAvailable=false"

2319

2320

#: C/gdm.xml:3239(para)

2321

msgid "If true, allows the configurator to be run from the greeter. Note that the user will need to type in the root password before the configurator will be started. This is set to false by default for additional security. See the <filename>Configurator</filename> option in the daemon section."

2322

msgstr ""

2323

2324

#: C/gdm.xml:3251(term)

2325

msgid "DefaultFace"

2326

msgstr "DefaultFace"

2327

2328

#: C/gdm.xml:3253(synopsis)

2329

#, no-wrap

2330

msgid "DefaultFace=<share>/pixmaps/nophoto.png"

2331

msgstr "DefaultFace=<share>/pixmaps/nophoto.png"

2332

2333

#: C/gdm.xml:3254(para)

2334

msgid "If a user has no defined face image, GDM will use the \"stock_person\" icon defined in the current GTK+ theme. If no such image is defined, the image specified by <filename>DefaultFace</filename> will be used. The image must be in a gdk-pixbuf supported format and the file must be readable to the GDM user."

2335

msgstr ""

2336

2337

#: C/gdm.xml:3266(term)

2338

msgid "Include"

2339

msgstr "Include"

2340

2341

#: C/gdm.xml:3268(synopsis)

2342

#, no-wrap

2343

msgid "Include="

2344

msgstr "Include="

2345

2346

#: C/gdm.xml:3269(para)

2347

msgid "Comma separated list of users to be included in the face browser and in the <command>gdmsetup</command> selection list for Automatic/Timed login. See also <filename>Exclude</filename>, <filename>IncludeAll</filename>, and <filename>MinimalUID</filename>."

2348

msgstr ""

2349

2350

#: C/gdm.xml:3281(term)

2351

msgid "Exclude"

2352

msgstr "Exclude"

2353

2354

#: C/gdm.xml:3283(synopsis)

2355

#, no-wrap

2356

msgid "Exclude=bin,daemon,adm,lp,sync,shutdown,halt,mail,..."

2357

msgstr "Exclude=bin,daemon,adm,lp,sync,shutdown,halt,mail,..."

2358

2359

#: C/gdm.xml:3284(para)

2360

msgid "Comma separated list of users to be excluded from the face browser and from the <command>gdmsetup</command> selection list for Automatic/Timed login. Excluded users will still be able to log in, but will have to type their username. See also <filename>Include</filename>, <filename>IncludeAll</filename>, and <filename>MinimalUID</filename>."

2361

msgstr ""

2362

2363

#: C/gdm.xml:3297(term)

2364

msgid "IncludeAll"

2365

msgstr "IncludeAll"

2366

2367

#: C/gdm.xml:3299(synopsis)

2368

#, no-wrap

2369

msgid "IncludeAll=false"

2370

msgstr "IncludeAll=false"

2371

2372

#: C/gdm.xml:3300(para)

2373

msgid "By default, an empty include list means display no users. By setting IncludeAll to true, the password file will be scanned and all users will be displayed aside from users excluded via the Exclude setting and user ID's less than MinimalUID. Scanning the password file can be slow on systems with large numbers of users and this feature should not be used in such environments. See also <filename>Include</filename>, <filename>Exclude</filename>, and <filename>MinimalUID</filename>."

2374

msgstr ""

2375

2376

#: C/gdm.xml:3316(term)

2377

msgid "GlobalFaceDir"

2378

msgstr "GlobalFaceDir"

2379

2380

#: C/gdm.xml:3318(synopsis)

2381

#, no-wrap

2382

msgid "GlobalFaceDir=<share>/pixmaps/faces/"

2383

msgstr "GlobalFaceDir=<share>/pixmaps/faces/"

2384

2385

#: C/gdm.xml:3319(para)

2386

msgid "Systemwide directory for face files. The sysadmin can place icons for users here without touching their homedirs. Faces are named after their users' logins."

2387

msgstr ""

2388

2389

#: C/gdm.xml:3325(para)

2390

msgid "I.e. <filename><GlobalFaceDir>/johndoe</filename> would contain the face icon for the user ``johndoe''. No image format extension should be specified."

2391

msgstr ""

2392

2393

#: C/gdm.xml:3331(para)

2394

msgid "The face images must be stored in gdk-pixbuf supported formats and they must be readable for the GDM user."

2395

msgstr ""

2396

2397

#: C/gdm.xml:3336(para)

2398

msgid "A user's own icon file will always take precedence over the sysadmin provided one."

2399

msgstr ""

2400

2401

#: C/gdm.xml:3344(term)

2402

msgid "GraphicalTheme"

2403

msgstr "GraphicalTheme"

2404

2405

#: C/gdm.xml:3346(synopsis)

2406

#, no-wrap

2407

msgid "GraphicalTheme=circles"

2408

msgstr "GraphicalTheme=circles"

2409

2410

#: C/gdm.xml:3347(para)

2411

msgid "The graphical theme that the Themed Greeter should use. it should refer to a directory in the theme directory set by <filename>GraphicalThemeDir</filename>."

2412

msgstr ""

2413

2414

#: C/gdm.xml:3356(term)

2415

msgid "GraphicalThemes"

2416

msgstr "GraphicalThemes"

2417

2418

#: C/gdm.xml:3358(synopsis)

2419

#, no-wrap

2420

msgid "GraphicalThemes=circles"

2421

msgstr "GraphicalThemes=circles"

2422

2423

#: C/gdm.xml:3359(para)

2424

msgid "The graphical themes that the Themed Greeter should use is the Mode is set on Random Themes. This is a \"/:\" delimited list. It should refer to a directory in the theme directory set by <filename>GraphicalThemeDir</filename>. This is only used if <filename>GraphicalThemeRand</filename> is set to true."

2425

msgstr ""

2426

2427

#: C/gdm.xml:3371(term)

2428

msgid "GraphicalThemeRand"

2429

msgstr "GraphicalThemeRand"

2430

2431

#: C/gdm.xml:3373(synopsis)

2432

#, no-wrap

2433

msgid "GraphicalThemeRand=false"

2434

msgstr "GraphicalThemeRand=false"

2435

2436

#: C/gdm.xml:3374(para)

2437

msgid "Whether the graphical greeter will use Only One Theme or Random Theme mode. Only One Theme mode uses themes listed by <filename>GraphicalTheme</filename>, Random Themes mode uses themes listed by <filename>GraphicalThemes</filename>. A value of false sets greeter to use Only One Theme mode, a value of true sets the greeter to use Random Theme mode."

2438

msgstr ""

2439

2440

#: C/gdm.xml:3386(term)

2441

msgid "GraphicalThemeDir"

2442

msgstr "GraphicalThemeDir"

2443

2444

#: C/gdm.xml:3388(synopsis)

2445

#, no-wrap

2446

msgid "GraphicalThemeDir=<share>/gdm/themes/"

2447

msgstr "GraphicalThemeDir=<share>/gdm/themes/"

2448

2449

#: C/gdm.xml:3389(para)

2450

msgid "The directory where themes for the Themed Greeter are installed."

2451

msgstr ""

2452

2453

#: C/gdm.xml:3397(term)

2454

msgid "GraphicalThemedColor"

2455

msgstr "GraphicalThemedColor"

2456

2457

#: C/gdm.xml:3399(synopsis)

2458

#, no-wrap

2459

msgid "GraphicalThemedColor=#76848F"

2460

msgstr "GraphicalThemedColor=#76848F"

2461

2462

#: C/gdm.xml:3400(para)

2463

msgid "Use this color in the background of the Themed Greeter. This only affects the Themed Greeter."

2464

msgstr ""

2465

2466

#: C/gdm.xml:3408(term)

2467

msgid "InfoMsgFile"

2468

msgstr "InfoMsgFile"

2469

2470

#: C/gdm.xml:3410(synopsis)

2471

#, no-wrap

2472

msgid "InfoMsgFile=/path/to/infofile"

2473

msgstr "InfoMsgFile=/sökväg/till/informationsfil"

2474

2475

#: C/gdm.xml:3411(para)

2476

msgid "If present and /path/to/infofile specifies an existing and readable text file (e.g. <etc>/infomsg.txt) the contents of the file will be displayed in a modal dialog box before the user is allowed to login. This works both with the standard and the themable greeters."

2477

msgstr ""

2478

2479

#: C/gdm.xml:3422(term)

2480

msgid "InfoMsgFont"

2481

msgstr "InfoMsgFont"

2482

2483

#: C/gdm.xml:3424(synopsis)

2484

#, no-wrap

2485

msgid "InfoMsgFont=fontspec"

2486

msgstr "InfoMsgFont=fontspec"

2487

2488

#: C/gdm.xml:3425(para)

2489

msgid "If present and InfoMsgFile (see above) is used, this specifies the font to use when displaying the contents of the InfoMsgFile text file. For example fontspec could be Sans 24 to get a sans serif font of size 24 points. This works both with the standard and the themable greeters."

2490

msgstr ""

2491

2492

#: C/gdm.xml:3437(term)

2493

msgid "LocaleFile"

2494

msgstr "LocaleFile"

2495

2496

#: C/gdm.xml:3439(synopsis)

2497

#, no-wrap

2498

msgid "LocaleFile=<etc>/gdm/locale.alias"

2499

msgstr "LocaleFile=<etc>/gdm/locale.alias"

2500

2501

#: C/gdm.xml:3440(para)

2502

msgid "File in format similar to the GNU locale format with entries for all supported languages on the system. The format is described above or in a comment inside that file."

2503

msgstr ""

2504

2505

#: C/gdm.xml:3449(term)

2506

msgid "LockPosition"

2507

msgstr "LockPosition"

2508

2509

#: C/gdm.xml:3451(synopsis)

2510

#, no-wrap

2511

msgid "LockPosition=true"

2512

msgstr "LockPosition=true"

2513

2514

#: C/gdm.xml:3452(para)

2515

msgid "If true the position of the login window of the GTK+ Greeter cannot be changed even if the title bar is turned on."

2516

msgstr ""

2517

2518

#: C/gdm.xml:3460(term)

2519

msgid "Logo"

2520

msgstr "Logo"

2521

2522

#: C/gdm.xml:3462(synopsis)

2523

#, no-wrap

2524

msgid "Logo=<share>/pixmaps/gnome-logo-large.png"

2525

msgstr "Logo=<share>/pixmaps/gnome-logo-large.png"

2526

2527

#: C/gdm.xml:3463(para)

2528

msgid "Image file to display in the logo box. The file must be in a gdk-pixbuf supported format and it must be readable by the GDM user. If no file is specified the logo feature is disabled. This only affects the GTK+ Greeter."

2529

msgstr ""

2530

2531

#: C/gdm.xml:3474(term)

2532

msgid "ChooserButtonLogo"

2533

msgstr "ChooserButtonLogo"

2534

2535

#: C/gdm.xml:3476(synopsis)

2536

#, no-wrap

2537

msgid "ChooserButtonLogo=<share>/pixmaps/gnome-logo-large.png"

2538

msgstr "ChooserButtonLogo=<share>/pixmaps/gnome-logo-large.png"

2539

2540

#: C/gdm.xml:3477(para)

2541

msgid "Image file to display in the file chooser button in <command>gdmsetup</command>. This key is modified by <command>gdmsetup</command> and should not be manually modified by the user. This only affects the Login Window Preferences (<command>gdmsetup</command>)."

2542

msgstr ""

2543

2544

#: C/gdm.xml:3488(term)

2545

msgid "MinimalUID"

2546

msgstr "MinimalUID"

2547

2548

#: C/gdm.xml:3490(synopsis)

2549

#, no-wrap

2550

msgid "MinimalUID=100"

2551

msgstr "MinimalUID=100"

2552

2553

#: C/gdm.xml:3491(para)

2554

msgid "The minimal UID that GDM should consider a user. All users with a lower UID will be excluded from the face browser. See also <filename>Include</filename>, <filename>Exclude</filename>, and <filename>IncludeAll</filename>."

2555

msgstr ""

2556

2557

#: C/gdm.xml:3502(term)

2558

msgid "PositionX"

2559

msgstr "PositionX"

2560

2561

#: C/gdm.xml:3504(synopsis)

2562

#, no-wrap

2563

msgid "PositionX=200"

2564

msgstr "PositionX=200"

2565

2566

#: C/gdm.xml:3505(para)

2567

msgid "The horizontal position of the login window of the GTK+ Greeter."

2568

msgstr ""

2569

2570

#: C/gdm.xml:3513(term)

2571

msgid "PositionY"

2572

msgstr "PositionY"

2573

2574

#: C/gdm.xml:3515(synopsis)

2575

#, no-wrap

2576

msgid "PositionY=100"

2577

msgstr "PositionY=100"

2578

2579

#: C/gdm.xml:3516(para)

2580

msgid "The vertical position of the login window of the GTK+ Greeter."

2581

msgstr ""

2582

2583

#: C/gdm.xml:3524(term)

2584

msgid "Quiver"

2585

msgstr "Quiver"

2586

2587

#: C/gdm.xml:3526(synopsis)

2588

#, no-wrap

2589

msgid "Quiver=true"

2590

msgstr "Quiver=true"

2591

2592

#: C/gdm.xml:3527(para)

2593

msgid "Controls whether <command>gdmlogin</command> should shake the display when an incorrect username/password is entered. This only affects the GTK+ Greeter."

2594

msgstr ""

2595

2596

#: C/gdm.xml:3537(term)

2597

msgid "DefaultRemoteWelcome"

2598

msgstr "DefaultRemoteWelcome"

2599

2600

#: C/gdm.xml:3539(synopsis)

2601

#, no-wrap

2602

msgid "DefaultRemoteWelcome=true"

2603

msgstr "DefaultRemoteWelcome=true"

2604

2605

#: C/gdm.xml:3540(para)

2606

msgid "If set to true, the value \"Welcome to %n\" is used for the <filename>RemoteWelcome</filename>. This value is translated into the appropriate language for the user. If set to false, the <filename>RemoteWelcome</filename> setting is used. This string can use the same special character sequences as explained in the \"Text Node\" section of the \"Themed Greeter\" chapter. This explains the meaning of \"%n\"."

2607

msgstr ""

2608

2609

#: C/gdm.xml:3554(term)

2610

msgid "RemoteWelcome"

2611

msgstr "RemoteWelcome"

2612

2613

#: C/gdm.xml:3556(synopsis)

2614

#, no-wrap

2615

msgid "RemoteWelcome=Welcome to &percnt;n"

2616

msgstr "RemoteWelcome=Välkommen till &percnt;n"

2617

2618

#: C/gdm.xml:3557(para)

2619

msgid "Controls which text to display next to the logo image in the greeter for remote XDMCP sessions. The same expansion is done here as in the <filename>Welcome</filename> string. This string can use the same special character sequences as explained in the \"Text Node\" section of the \"Themed Greeter\" chapter. chapter."

2620

msgstr ""

2621

2622

#: C/gdm.xml:3570(term)

2623

msgid "RunBackgroundProgramAlways"

2624

msgstr "RunBackgroundProgramAlways"

2625

2626

#: C/gdm.xml:3572(synopsis)

2627

#, no-wrap

2628

msgid "RunBackgroundProgramAlways=false"

2629

msgstr "RunBackgroundProgramAlways=false"

2630

2631

#: C/gdm.xml:3573(para)

2632

msgid "If this is true then the background application is run always, otherwise it is only run when the <filename>BackgroundType</filename> is 0 (None) This only affects the GTK+ Greeter."

2633

msgstr ""

2634

2635

#: C/gdm.xml:3583(term)

2636

msgid "SetPosition"

2637

msgstr "SetPosition"

2638

2639

#: C/gdm.xml:3585(synopsis)

2640

#, no-wrap

2641

msgid "SetPosition=true"

2642

msgstr "SetPosition=true"

2643

2644

#: C/gdm.xml:3586(para)

2645

msgid "If true the position of the login window of the GTK+ Greeter is determined by <filename>PositionX</filename> / <filename>PositionY</filename>."

2646

msgstr ""

2647

2648

#: C/gdm.xml:3595(term)

2649

msgid "ShowGnomeFailsafeSession"

2650

msgstr "ShowGnomeFailsafeSession"

2651

2652

#: C/gdm.xml:3597(synopsis)

2653

#, no-wrap

2654

msgid "ShowGnomeFailsafeSession=true"

2655

msgstr "ShowGnomeFailsafeSession=true"

2656

2657

#: C/gdm.xml:3598(para)

2658

msgid "Should the greeter show the Gnome Failsafe session in th sessions list."

2659

msgstr ""

2660

2661

#: C/gdm.xml:3606(term)

2662

msgid "ShowLastSession"

2663

msgstr "ShowLastSession"

2664

2665

#: C/gdm.xml:3608(synopsis)

2666

#, no-wrap

2667

msgid "ShowLastSession=true"

2668

msgstr "ShowLastSession=true"

2669

2670

#: C/gdm.xml:3609(para)

2671

msgid "Should the greeter show the 'Last' session in the session list. If this is off, then GDM is in the so called 'switchdesk' mode which for example Red Hat uses. That is, the users can't pick the last session and will just then get the default session (see <filename>DefaultSession</filename>) unless then pick something else for this session only. So if this is off, this really circumvents saving of the last session."

2672

msgstr ""

2673

2674

#: C/gdm.xml:3622(term)

2675

msgid "ShowXtermFailsafeSession"

2676

msgstr "ShowXtermFailsafeSession"

2677

2678

#: C/gdm.xml:3624(synopsis)

2679

#, no-wrap

2680

msgid "ShowXtermFailsafeSession=true"

2681

msgstr "ShowXtermFailsafeSession=true"

2682

2683

#: C/gdm.xml:3625(para)

2684

msgid "Should the greeter show the Xterm Failsafe session in the sessions list."

2685

msgstr ""

2686

2687

#: C/gdm.xml:3633(term)

2688

msgid "SoundOnLogin"

2689

msgstr "SoundOnLogin"

2690

2691

#: C/gdm.xml:3635(synopsis)

2692

#, no-wrap

2693

msgid "SoundOnLogin=true"

2694

msgstr "SoundOnLogin=true"

2695

2696

#: C/gdm.xml:3636(para)

2697

msgid "If true, the greeter will play a sound or beep when it is ready for a login. See also the <filename>SoundOnLoginFile</filename> key. Supported since 2.5.90.0."

2698

msgstr ""

2699

2700

#: C/gdm.xml:3646(term)

2701

msgid "SoundOnLoginSuccess"

2702

msgstr "SoundOnLoginSuccess"

2703

2704

#: C/gdm.xml:3648(synopsis)

2705

#, no-wrap

2706

msgid "SoundOnLoginSuccess=true"

2707

msgstr "SoundOnLoginSuccess=true"

2708

2709

#: C/gdm.xml:3649(para)

2710

msgid "If true, the greeter will play a sound after a successful login attempt. See also the <filename>SoundOnLoginSuccessFile</filename> key."

2711

msgstr ""

2712

2713

#: C/gdm.xml:3658(term)

2714

msgid "SoundOnLoginFailure"

2715

msgstr "SoundOnLoginFailure"

2716

2717

#: C/gdm.xml:3660(synopsis)

2718

#, no-wrap

2719

msgid "SoundOnLoginFailure=true"

2720

msgstr "SoundOnLoginFailure=true"

2721

2722

#: C/gdm.xml:3661(para)

2723

msgid "If true, the greeter will play a sound after a failed login attempt. See also the <filename>SoundOnLoginFailureFile</filename> key."

2724

msgstr ""

2725

2726

#: C/gdm.xml:3670(term)

2727

msgid "SoundOnLoginFile"

2728

msgstr "SoundOnLoginFile"

2729

2730

#: C/gdm.xml:3672(synopsis)

2731

#, no-wrap

2732

msgid "SoundOnLoginFile=/path/to/sound.wav"

2733

msgstr "SoundOnLoginFile=/sökväg/till/ljud.wav"

2734

2735

#: C/gdm.xml:3673(para)

2736

msgid "The file that will be played using the specified sound application (by default that is <filename>/usr/bin/play</filename>) instead of a beep when the greeter is ready for a login. See also the <filename>SoundOnLogin</filename> key and the <filename>SoundProgram</filename> key. Supported since 2.5.90.0."

2737

msgstr ""

2738

2739

#: C/gdm.xml:3686(term)

2740

msgid "SoundOnLoginSuccessFile"

2741

msgstr "SoundOnLoginSuccessFile"

2742

2743

#: C/gdm.xml:3688(synopsis)

2744

#, no-wrap

2745

msgid "SoundOnLoginSuccessFile=/path/to/sound.wav"

2746

msgstr "SoundOnLoginSuccessFile=/sökväg/till/ljud.wav"

2747

2748

#: C/gdm.xml:3689(para)

2749

msgid "The file that will be played using the specified sound application (by default that is <filename>/usr/bin/play</filename>) after a successful login attempt. See also the <filename>SoundOnLoginSuccess</filename> key and the <filename>SoundProgram</filename> key."

2750

msgstr ""

2751

2752

#: C/gdm.xml:3700(term)

2753

msgid "SoundOnLoginFailureFile"

2754

msgstr "SoundOnLoginFailureFile"

2755

2756

#: C/gdm.xml:3702(synopsis)

2757

#, no-wrap

2758

msgid "SoundOnLoginFailureFile=/path/to/sound.wav"

2759

msgstr "SoundOnLoginFailureFile=/sökväg/till/ljud.wav"

2760

2761

#: C/gdm.xml:3703(para)

2762

msgid "The file that will be played using the specified sound application (by default that is <filename>/usr/bin/play</filename>) after a failed login attempt. See also the <filename>SoundOnLoginFailure</filename> key and the <filename>SoundProgram</filename> key."

2763

msgstr ""

2764

2765

#: C/gdm.xml:3714(term)

2766

msgid "SystemMenu"

2767

msgstr "SystemMenu"

2768

2769

#: C/gdm.xml:3716(synopsis)

2770

#, no-wrap

2771

msgid "SystemMenu=true"

2772

msgstr "SystemMenu=true"

2773

2774

#: C/gdm.xml:3717(para)

2775

msgid "Turns the Actions menu (which used to be called System menu) on or off. If this is off then one of the actions will be available anywhere. These actions include Shutdown, Restart, Configure, XDMCP chooser and such. All of those can however be turned off individually. Shutdown, Restart and Suspend can be turned off by just setting the corresponding keys to empty. Note that the actions menu is only shown on local logins as it would not be safe or even desirable on remote logins, so you don't have to worry about remote users having any sort of console privileges."

2776

msgstr ""

2777

2778

#: C/gdm.xml:3730(para)

2779

msgid "Note that if this is off none of the actions will be available even if a theme for a graphical greeter mistakenly shows them. Also note that sometimes a graphical theme may not show all the available actions as buttons and you may have to press F10 to see the menu."

2780

msgstr ""

2781

2782

#: C/gdm.xml:3741(term)

2783

msgid "TitleBar"

2784

msgstr "TitleBar"

2785

2786

#: C/gdm.xml:3743(synopsis)

2787

#, no-wrap

2788

msgid "TitleBar=true"

2789

msgstr "TitleBar=true"

2790

2791

#: C/gdm.xml:3744(para)

2792

msgid "Display the title bar in the greeter. This only affects the GTK+ Greeter."

2793

msgstr ""

2794

2795

#: C/gdm.xml:3752(term)

2796

msgid "Use24Clock"

2797

msgstr "Use24Clock"

2798

2799

#: C/gdm.xml:3754(synopsis)

2800

#, no-wrap

2801

msgid "Use24Clock=auto"

2802

msgstr "Use24Clock=auto"

2803

2804

#: C/gdm.xml:3755(para)

2805

msgid "Select the use of 24 hour clock. Some locales do not support 12 hour format (like Finnish, that is <filename>fi_FI</filename>), and in those locales this setting has no effect at all."

2806

msgstr ""

2807

2808

#: C/gdm.xml:3761(para)

2809

msgid "Possible values are \"auto\" (default), \"true\", and \"false\". If this is set to \"auto\" or left empty, then time format is chosen from locale settings. Locale settings are based on the language in use, thus it is changed by setting environment variables LANGUAGE (GNU extension), LANG, LC_MESSAGES or LC_ALL in the GDM's runtime environment. Priorities between the mentioned environment variables can be found from your system's C library manual."

2810

msgstr ""

2811

2812

#: C/gdm.xml:3776(term)

2813

msgid "UseCirclesInEntry"

2814

msgstr "UseCirclesInEntry"

2815

2816

#: C/gdm.xml:3778(synopsis)

2817

#, no-wrap

2818

msgid "UseCirclesInEntry=false"

2819

msgstr "UseCirclesInEntry=false"

2820

2821

#: C/gdm.xml:3779(para)

2822

msgid "Use circles instead of asterisks in the password entry. This may not work with all fonts however."

2823

msgstr ""

2824

2825

#: C/gdm.xml:3787(term)

2826

msgid "UseInvisibleInEntry"

2827

msgstr "UseInvisibleInEntry"

2828

2829

#: C/gdm.xml:3789(synopsis)

2830

#, no-wrap

2831

msgid "UseInvisibleInEntry=false"

2832

msgstr "UseInvisibleInEntry=false"

2833

2834

#: C/gdm.xml:3790(para)

2835

msgid "Do not show any visual feedback is the password entry. This is the standard in console and xdm. Settings this option discards the <filename>UseCirclesInEntry</filename> option."

2836

msgstr ""

2837

2838

#: C/gdm.xml:3800(term)

2839

msgid "DefaultWelcome"

2840

msgstr "DefaultWelcome"

2841

2842

#: C/gdm.xml:3802(synopsis)

2843

#, no-wrap

2844

msgid "DefaultWelcome=true"

2845

msgstr "DefaultWelcome=true"

2846

2847

#: C/gdm.xml:3803(para)

2848

msgid "If set to true, the value \"Welcome\" is used for the <filename>Welcome</filename>. This value is translated into the appropriate language for the user. If set to false, the <filename>Welcome</filename> setting is used."

2849

msgstr ""

2850

2851

#: C/gdm.xml:3813(term)

2852

msgid "Welcome"

2853

msgstr "Welcome"

2854

2855

#: C/gdm.xml:3815(synopsis)

2856

#, no-wrap

2857

msgid "Welcome=Welcome"

2858

msgstr "Welcome=Välkommen"

2859

2860

#: C/gdm.xml:3816(para)

2861

msgid "Controls which text to display next to the logo image in the standard greeter. The following control chars are supported:"

2862

msgstr ""

2863

2864

#: C/gdm.xml:3825(para)

2865

msgid "&percnt;d — display's hostname"

2866

msgstr ""

2867

2868

#: C/gdm.xml:3829(para)

2869

msgid "&percnt;h — Fully qualified hostname"

2870

msgstr ""

2871

2872

#: C/gdm.xml:3833(para)

2873

msgid "&percnt;m — machine (processor type)"

2874

msgstr ""

2875

2876

#: C/gdm.xml:3837(para)

2877

msgid "&percnt;n — Nodename (i.e. hostname without .domain)"

2878

msgstr ""

2879

2880

#: C/gdm.xml:3841(para)

2881

msgid "&percnt;r — release (OS version)"

2882

msgstr ""

2883

2884

#: C/gdm.xml:3845(para)

2885

msgid "&percnt;s — sysname (i.e. OS)"

2886

msgstr ""

2887

2888

#: C/gdm.xml:3849(para)

2889

msgid "This string is only used for local logins. For remote XDMCP logins we use <filename>RemoteWelcome</filename>."

2890

msgstr ""

2891

2892

#: C/gdm.xml:3854(para)

2893

msgid "In the Themed Greeter the location of this text depends on the theme. Unless the theme uses the stock welcome string somewhere this string will not be displayed at all."

2894

msgstr ""

2895

2896

#: C/gdm.xml:3864(term)

2897

msgid "XineramaScreen"

2898

msgstr "XineramaScreen"

2899

2900

#: C/gdm.xml:3866(synopsis)

2901

#, no-wrap

2902

msgid "XineramaScreen=0"

2903

msgstr "XineramaScreen=0"

2904

2905

#: C/gdm.xml:3867(para)

2906

msgid "If the Xinerama extension is active the login window will be centered on this physical screen (use 0 for the first screen, 1 for the second...)."

2907

msgstr ""

2908

2909

#: C/gdm.xml:3878(title)

2910

msgid "XDCMP Chooser Options"

2911

msgstr ""

2912

2913

#: C/gdm.xml:3881(title)

2914

msgid "[chooser]"

2915

msgstr "[chooser]"

2916

2917

#: C/gdm.xml:3884(term)

2918

msgid "AllowAdd"

2919

msgstr "AllowAdd"

2920

2921

#: C/gdm.xml:3886(synopsis)

2922

#, no-wrap

2923

msgid "AllowAdd=true"

2924

msgstr "AllowAdd=true"

2925

2926

#: C/gdm.xml:3887(para)

2927

msgid "If true, allow the user to add arbitrary hosts to the chooser. This way the user could connect to any host that responds to XDMCP queries from the chooser."

2928

msgstr ""

2929

2930

#: C/gdm.xml:3896(term)

2931

msgid "Broadcast"

2932

msgstr "Broadcast"

2933

2934

#: C/gdm.xml:3898(synopsis)

2935

#, no-wrap

2936

msgid "Broadcast=true"

2937

msgstr "Broadcast=true"

2938

2939

#: C/gdm.xml:3899(para)

2940

msgid "If true, the chooser will broadcast a query to the local network and collect responses. This way the chooser will always show all available managers on the network. If you need to add some hosts not local to this network, or if you don't want to use a broadcast, you can list them explicitly in the <filename>Hosts</filename> key."

2941

msgstr ""

2942

2943

#: C/gdm.xml:3911(term)

2944

msgid "Multicast"

2945

msgstr "Multicast"

2946

2947

#: C/gdm.xml:3913(synopsis)

2948

#, no-wrap

2949

msgid "Multicast=true"

2950

msgstr "Multicast=true"

2951

2952

#: C/gdm.xml:3914(para)

2953

msgid "If true and IPv6 is enabled, the chooser will send a multicast query to the local network and collect responses from the hosts who have joined multicast group. If you don't want to send a multicast, you can specify IPv6 address in the <filename>Hosts </filename> key. The host will respond if it is listening to XDMCP requests and IPv6 is enabled there."

2954

msgstr ""

2955

2956

#: C/gdm.xml:3926(term)

2957

msgid "MulticastAddr"

2958

msgstr "MulticastAddr"

2959

2960

#: C/gdm.xml:3928(synopsis)

2961

#, no-wrap

2962

msgid "MulticastAddr=ff02::1"

2963

msgstr "MulticastAddr=ff02::1"

2964

2965

#: C/gdm.xml:3929(para)

2966

msgid "This is the Link-local Multicast address and is hardcoded here."

2967

msgstr ""

2968

2969

#: C/gdm.xml:3936(term)

2970

msgid "DefaultHostImage"

2971

msgstr "DefaultHostImage"

2972

2973

#: C/gdm.xml:3938(synopsis)

2974

#, no-wrap

2975

msgid "DefaultHostImage=<share>/pixmaps/nohost.png"

2976

msgstr "DefaultHostImage=<share>/pixmaps/nohost.png"

2977

2978

#: C/gdm.xml:3939(para)

2979

msgid "File name for the default host icon. This image will be displayed if no icon is specified for a given host. The file must be in a gdk-pixbuf supported format and it must be readable for the GDM user."

2980

msgstr ""

2981

2982

#: C/gdm.xml:3949(term)

2983

msgid "HostImageDir"

2984

msgstr "HostImageDir"

2985

2986

#: C/gdm.xml:3951(synopsis)

2987

#, no-wrap

2988

msgid "HostImageDir=<share>/hosts"

2989

msgstr "HostImageDir=<share>/hosts"

2990

2991

#: C/gdm.xml:3952(para)

2992

msgid "Repository for host icon files. The sysadmin can place icons for remote hosts here and they will appear in <filename>gdmchooser</filename>."

2993

msgstr ""

2994

2995

#: C/gdm.xml:3958(para)

2996

msgid "The file name must match the fully qualified name (FQDN) for the host. The icons must be stored in gdk-pixbuf supported formats and they must be readable to the GDM user."

2997

msgstr ""

2998

2999

#: C/gdm.xml:3968(term)

3000

msgid "Hosts"

3001

msgstr "Hosts"

3002

3003

#: C/gdm.xml:3970(synopsis)

3004

#, no-wrap

3005

msgid "Hosts=host1,host2"

3006

msgstr "Hosts=värd1,värd2"

3007

3008

#: C/gdm.xml:3971(para)

3009

msgid "The hosts which should be listed in the chooser. The chooser will only list them if they respond. This is done in addition to broadcast (if <filename>Broadcast</filename> is set), so you need not list hosts on the local network. This is useful if your networking setup doesn't allow all hosts to be reachable by a broadcast packet."

3010

msgstr ""

3011

3012

#: C/gdm.xml:3983(term)

3013

msgid "ScanTime"

3014

msgstr "ScanTime"

3015

3016

#: C/gdm.xml:3985(synopsis)

3017

#, no-wrap

3018

msgid "ScanTime=4"

3019

msgstr "ScanTime=4"

3020

3021

#: C/gdm.xml:3986(para)

3022

msgid "Specifies how many seconds the chooser should wait for replies to its BROADCAST_QUERY. Really this is only the time in which we expect a reply. We will still add hosts to the list even if they reply after this time."

3023

msgstr ""

3024

3025

#: C/gdm.xml:3998(title)

3026

msgid "Debug Configuration"

3027

msgstr "Felsökningskonfiguration"

3028

3029

#: C/gdm.xml:4001(title)

3030

msgid "[debug]"

3031

msgstr "[debug]"

3032

3033

#: C/gdm.xml:4007(para)

3034

msgid "Setting to true sends debug ouput to the syslog. This can be useful for tracking down problems with GDM. This output tends to be verbose so should not be turned on for general use."

3035

msgstr ""

3036

3037

#: C/gdm.xml:4017(term)

3038

msgid "Gestures"

3039

msgstr "Gestures"

3040

3041

#: C/gdm.xml:4019(synopsis)

3042

#, no-wrap

3043

msgid "Gestures=false"

3044

msgstr "Gestures=false"

3045

3046

#: C/gdm.xml:4020(para)

3047

msgid "Setting to true sends debug ouput concerning the accessibility gesture listeners to the syslog. This can be useful for tracking down problems with them not working properly. This output tends to be verbose so should not be turned on for general use."

3048

msgstr ""

3049

3050

#: C/gdm.xml:4033(title)

3051

msgid "Custom Commands"

3052

msgstr "Anpassade kommandon"

3053

3054

#: C/gdm.xml:4035(para)

3055

msgid "You can create up to 10 different commands. Gaps between command numbers are allowed and their relative positioning within the section and with respect to each other is not important as long as they conform to the permitted range of [0-9]."

3056

msgstr ""

3057

3058

#: C/gdm.xml:4044(title)

3059

msgid "[customcommand]"

3060

msgstr "[customcommand]"

3061

3062

#: C/gdm.xml:4047(term)

3063

msgid "CustomCommand[0-9]"

3064

msgstr "CustomCommand[0-9]"

3065

3066

#: C/gdm.xml:4049(synopsis)

3067

#, no-wrap

3068

msgid "CustomCommand[0-9]="

3069

msgstr "CustomCommand[0-9]="

3070

3071

#: C/gdm.xml:4050(para)

3072

msgid "Full path and arguments to command to be executed when user selects <filename>n-th</filename> \"Custom Command\" from the Actions menu. This can be a ';' separated list of commands to try. If the value is empty or missing, then the custom command is not available. By default this value is not enabled, so to enable \"Custom Command\" it must be set to a nonempty value. [0-9] represents the <filename>CustomCommand</filename> suffix and can be an integer between 0 and 9."

3073

msgstr ""

3074

3075

#: C/gdm.xml:4065(term)

3076

msgid "CustomCommandIsPersistent[0-9]"

3077

msgstr "CustomCommandIsPersistent[0-9]"

3078

3079

#: C/gdm.xml:4067(synopsis)

3080

#, no-wrap

3081

msgid "CustomCommandIsPersistent[0-9]="

3082

msgstr "CustomCommandIsPersistent[0-9]="

3083

3084

#: C/gdm.xml:4068(para)

3085

msgid "Specifies if <filename>n-th</filename> \"Custom Command\" will appear outside the login manager, for example on the desktop through the Log Out/Shut Down dialogs. If not specified the default value is \"false\". This option is only valid if corresponding <filename>CustomCommand</filename> is defined. [0-9] represents <filename>CustomCommand</filename> suffix and can be an integer between 0 and 9."

3086

msgstr ""

3087

3088

#: C/gdm.xml:4082(term)

3089

msgid "CustomCommandLabel[0-9]"

3090

msgstr "CustomCommandLabel[0-9]"

3091

3092

#: C/gdm.xml:4084(synopsis)

3093

#, no-wrap

3094

msgid "CustomCommandLabel[0-9]="

3095

msgstr "CustomCommandLabel[0-9]="

3096

3097

#: C/gdm.xml:4085(para)

3098

msgid "Specifies the stock label that will be displayed on the <filename>n-th</filename> \"Custom Command\" buttons and menu items. If not specified the default value is \"Custom_[0-9]\". This option is only valid if corresponding <filename>CustomCommand</filename> is defined. [0-9] represents <filename>CustomCommand</filename> suffix and can be an integer between 0 and 9. This option can't contain any semicolon characters (i.e. \";\")."

3099

msgstr ""

3100

3101

#: C/gdm.xml:4099(term)

3102

msgid "CustomCommandLRLabel[0-9]"

3103

msgstr "CustomCommandLRLabel[0-9]"

3104

3105

#: C/gdm.xml:4101(synopsis)

3106

#, no-wrap

3107

msgid "CustomCommandLRLabel[0-9]="

3108

msgstr "CustomCommandLRLabel[0-9]="

3109

3110

#: C/gdm.xml:4102(para)

3111

msgid "Specifies the stock label that will be displayed on the <filename>n-th</filename> \"Custom Command\" list items and radio buttons. If not specified the default value is \"Execute custom command _[0-9]\". This option is only valid if corresponding <filename>CustomCommand</filename> is defined. [0-9] represents <filename>CustomCommand</filename> suffix and can be an integer between 0 and 9."

3112

msgstr ""

3113

3114

#: C/gdm.xml:4116(term)

3115

msgid "CustomCommandNoRestart[0-9]"

3116

msgstr "CustomCommandNoRestart[0-9]"

3117

3118

#: C/gdm.xml:4118(synopsis)

3119

#, no-wrap

3120

msgid "CustomCommandNoRestart[0-9]="

3121

msgstr "CustomCommandNoRestart[0-9]="

3122

3123

#: C/gdm.xml:4119(para)

3124

msgid "Specifies if gdm will be stopped/restarted once <filename>n-th</filename> \"Custom Command\" has been executed. If not specified the default value is \"false\". This option is only valid if corresponding <filename>CustomCommand</filename> is defined. [0-9] represents <filename>CustomCommand</filename> suffix and can be an integer between 0 and 9. In addition when corresponding <filename>CustomCommandIsPersistent</filename> is set to true, setting CustomCommandNoRestart to false will place corresponding <filename>CustomCommand</filename> in the Shut Down dialog set of actions, setting it to true will place corresponding <filename>CustomCommand</filename> in the Log Out dialog set of actions."

3125

msgstr ""

3126

3127

#: C/gdm.xml:4139(term)

3128

msgid "CustomCommandText[0-9]"

3129

msgstr "CustomCommandText[0-9]"

3130

3131

#: C/gdm.xml:4141(synopsis)

3132

#, no-wrap

3133

msgid "CustomCommandText[0-9]="

3134

msgstr "CustomCommandText[0-9]="

3135

3136

#: C/gdm.xml:4142(para)

3137

msgid "Specifies the message that will be displayed on the warning dialog box once <filename>n-th</filename> \"Custom Command\" button/menu item/radio button/list item has been activated. If not specified the default value is \"Are you sure?\". This option is only valid if corresponding <filename>CustomCommand</filename> is defined. [0-9] represents <filename>CustomCommand</filename> suffix and can be an integer between 0 and 9."

3138

msgstr ""

3139

3140

#: C/gdm.xml:4156(term)

3141

msgid "CustomCommandTooltip[0-9]"

3142

msgstr "CustomCommandTooltip[0-9]"

3143

3144

#: C/gdm.xml:4158(synopsis)

3145

#, no-wrap

3146

msgid "CustomCommandTooltip[0-9]="

3147

msgstr "CustomCommandTooltip[0-9]="

3148

3149

#: C/gdm.xml:4159(para)

3150

msgid "Specifies the message that will be displayed on tooltips for <filename>n-th</filename> \"Custom Command\" entries. If not specified the default value is \"Execute custom command [0-9]\". This option is only valid if corresponding <filename>CustomCommand</filename> is defined. [0-9] represents <filename>CustomCommand</filename> suffix and can be an integer between 0 and 9."

3151

msgstr ""

3152

3153

#: C/gdm.xml:4174(title)

3154

msgid "X Server Definitions"

3155

msgstr ""

3156

3157

#: C/gdm.xml:4176(para)

3158

msgid "To set up X servers, you need to provide GDM with information about the installed X servers. You can have as many different definitions as you wish, each identified with a unique name. The name <filename>Standard</filename> is required. If you do not specify this server, GDM will assume default values for a 'Standard' server and the path given by <filename>daemon/StandardXServer</filename>. <filename>Standard</filename> is used as the default, in situations when no other server has been defined."

3159

msgstr ""

3160

3161

#: C/gdm.xml:4187(para)

3162

msgid "Servers are defined by sections named <filename>server-</filename> followed by the identifier of this server. This should be a simple ASCII string with no spaces. The GUI configuration program allows users to edit the servers defined in the GDM configuration files but currently does not allow adding or deleting entries. Like normal configuration options, <filename>server-</filename> sections in the <filename><etc>/gdm/custom.conf</filename> file override values in the <filename><share>/gdm/defaults.conf</filename> file. In other words, if a <filename>server-Standard</filename> section is defined in <filename><etc>/gdm/custom.conf</filename>, then that will be used and the section in the <filename><share>/gdm/defaults.conf</filename> file will be ignored."

3163

msgstr ""

3164

3165

#: C/gdm.xml:4205(title)

3166

msgid "[server-Standard]"

3167

msgstr "[server-Standard]"

3168

3169

#: C/gdm.xml:4208(term)

3170

msgid "name"

3171

msgstr "name"

3172

3173

#: C/gdm.xml:4210(synopsis)

3174

#, no-wrap

3175

msgid "name=Standard server"

3176

msgstr "name=Standardserver"

3177

3178

#: C/gdm.xml:4211(para)

3179

msgid "The name that will be displayed to the user."

3180

msgstr "Namnet som ska visas för användaren."

3181

3182

#: C/gdm.xml:4218(term)

3183

msgid "command"

3184

msgstr "command"

3185

3186

#: C/gdm.xml:4220(synopsis)

3187

#, no-wrap

3188

msgid "command=/path/to/X"

3189

msgstr "command=/sökväg/till/X"

3190

3191

#: C/gdm.xml:4221(para)

3192

msgid "The command to execute, with full path to the binary of the X server, and any extra arguments needed."

3193

msgstr ""

3194

3195

#: C/gdm.xml:4229(term)

3196

msgid "flexible"

3197

msgstr "flexible"

3198

3199

#: C/gdm.xml:4231(synopsis)

3200

#, no-wrap

3201

msgid "flexible=true"

3202

msgstr "flexible=true"

3203

3204

#: C/gdm.xml:4232(para)

3205

msgid "Indicates if this server is available as a choice when a user wishes to run a flexible, on demand server."

3206

msgstr ""

3207

3208

#: C/gdm.xml:4240(term)

3209

msgid "handled"

3210

msgstr "handled"

3211

3212

#: C/gdm.xml:4242(synopsis)

3213

#, no-wrap

3214

msgid "handled=true"

3215

msgstr "handled=true"

3216

3217

#: C/gdm.xml:4243(para)

3218

msgid "Indicates that GDM should run the login window on this server and allow a user to log in. If set to false, then GDM will just run this server and wait for it to terminate. This can be useful to run an X terminal using GDM. When this is done you should normally also add <filename>-terminate</filename> to the command line of the server to make the server terminate after each session. Otherwise the control of the slave will never come back to GDM and, for example, soft restarts won't work. This is because GDM assumes there is a login in progress for the entire time this server is active."

3219

msgstr ""

3220

3221

#: C/gdm.xml:4259(term)

3222

msgid "chooser"

3223

msgstr "chooser"

3224

3225

#: C/gdm.xml:4261(synopsis)

3226

#, no-wrap

3227

msgid "chooser=false"

3228

msgstr "chooser=false"

3229

3230

#: C/gdm.xml:4262(para)

3231

msgid "Indicates that GDM should instead of a login window run a chooser on this window and allow the user to choose which server to log into."

3232

msgstr ""

3233

3234

#: C/gdm.xml:4273(title)

3235

msgid "Local Static X Display Configuration"

3236

msgstr ""

3237

3238

#: C/gdm.xml:4275(para)

3239

msgid "The static display configuration specifies what displays should be always managed by GDM. GDM will restart the X server on the display if it dies, for example. There may be as many static displays that are managed as you wish, although typically each display is associated with a real display. For example, if a machine has two displays (say display \":0\" and display \":1\"), then this section can be used to specify that a separate login screen be managed for each screen. Each key in the <filename>[servers]</filename> section corresponds to the display number to be managed. Normally there is only one key, which is the key <filename>0</filename>, which corresponds to the display <filename>:0</filename>."

3240

msgstr ""

3241

3242

#: C/gdm.xml:4290(para)

3243

msgid "The GUI configuration program allows users to edit the static display configuration defined in the GDM configuration files and allows the user to add or delete entries. Like normal configuration options, the <filename>[servers]</filename> section in the <filename><etc>/gdm/custom.conf</filename> file overrides values in the <filename><share>/gdm/defaults.conf</filename> file."

3244

msgstr ""

3245

3246

#: C/gdm.xml:4301(title)

3247

msgid "[servers]"

3248

msgstr "[servers]"

3249

3250

#: C/gdm.xml:4304(term)

3251

msgid "<display number>"

3252

msgstr "<display number>"

3253

3254

#: C/gdm.xml:4306(synopsis)

3255

#, no-wrap

3256

msgid "0=Standard"

3257

msgstr "0=Standard"

3258

3259

#: C/gdm.xml:4307(para)

3260

msgid "Control section for local displays. Each line indicates the local display number and the command that needs to be run to start the X server(s)."

3261

msgstr ""

3262

3263

#: C/gdm.xml:4313(para)

3264

msgid "The command can either be a path to an X executable, or a name of one of the server definitions. This can be followed by some arguments that should be passed to the X server when executed. The gdm daemon doesn't enforce the numbers to be in order or for them to be \"packed\". They keyword \"inactive\" can be used instead of a command to specify that the display should be not managed. This can be used in the <filename><etc>/gdm/custom.conf</filename> to turn off a display that is defined in the <filename><share>/gdm/defaults.conf</filename> file."

3265

msgstr ""

3266

3267

#: C/gdm.xml:4327(para)

3268

msgid "GDM will splice \"<filename>-auth <ServAuthDir>/:n.Xauth :n</filename>\", where n is the display number. Inside the command line before all other arguments before running the X server."

3269

msgstr ""

3270

3271

#: C/gdm.xml:4334(para)

3272

msgid "On some systems it is necessary for GDM to know on which virtual consoles to run the X server. In this case, (if running XFree86) add \"vt7\" to the command line, for example, to run on virtual console 7. However on Linux and FreeBSD this is normally done automatically if the <filename>VTAllocation</filename> key is set."

3273

msgstr ""

3274

3275

#: C/gdm.xml:4343(para)

3276

msgid "Normally you do not need to add a <filename>-nolisten tcp</filename> flag as this is added automatically for local X servers when the <filename>DisallowTCP</filename> option is set."

3277

msgstr ""

3278

3279

#: C/gdm.xml:4353(term)

3280

msgid "priority"

3281

msgstr "priority"

3282

3283

#: C/gdm.xml:4355(synopsis)

3284

#, no-wrap

3285

msgid "priority=0"

3286

msgstr "priority=0"

3287

3288

#: C/gdm.xml:4356(para)

3289

msgid "Indicates that the X server should be started at a different process priority. Values can be any integer value accepted by the setpriority C library function (normally between -20 and 20) with 0 being the default. For highly interactive applications, -5 yields good responsiveness. The default value is 0 and the setpriority function is not called if the value is 0."

3290

msgstr ""

3291

3292

#: C/gdm.xml:4372(title)

3293

msgid "Per User Configuration"

3294

msgstr ""

3295

3296

#: C/gdm.xml:4374(para)

3297

msgid "There are some per user configuration settings that control how GDM behaves. GDM is picky about the file ownership and permissions of the user files it will access, and will ignore files if they are not owned by the user or files that have group/world write permission. It will also ignore the user if the user's $HOME directory is not owned by the user or if the user's $HOME directory has group/world write permission. files must also be smaller than the <filename>UserMaxFile</filename> value as defined in the GDM configuration. If it seems that GDM is not properly accessing user configuration settings, the problem is most likely caused by one of these checks failing."

3298

msgstr ""

3299

3300

#: C/gdm.xml:4388(para)

3301

msgid "First there is the <filename>~/.dmrc</filename> file. In theory this file should be shared between GDM and KDM, so users only have to configure things once. This is a standard <filename>.ini</filename> style configuration file. It has one section called <filename>[Desktop]</filename> which has two keys: <filename>Session</filename> and <filename>Language</filename>."

3302

msgstr ""

3303

3304

#: C/gdm.xml:4397(para)

3305

msgid "The <filename>Session</filename> key specifies the basename of the session <filename>.desktop</filename> file that the user wishes to normally use (without the <filename>.desktop</filename> extension, in other words). The <filename>Language</filename> key specifies the language that the user wishes to use by default. If either of these keys is missing, the system default is used. The file would normally look as follows:"

3306

msgstr ""

3307

3308

#: C/gdm.xml:4407(screen)

3309

#, no-wrap

3310

msgid ""

3311

"\n"

3312

"[Desktop]\n"

3313

"Session=gnome\n"

3314

"Language=cs_CZ.UTF-8\n"

3315

msgstr ""

3316

3317

#: C/gdm.xml:4413(para)

3318

msgid "Normally GDM will write this file when the user logs in for the first time, and rewrite it if the user chooses to change their default values on a subsequent login."

3319

msgstr ""

3320

3321

#: C/gdm.xml:4419(para)

3322

msgid "If the GDM Face Browser is turned, then the file <filename>$HOME/.face</filename> is accessed. This file should be a standard image that GTK+ can read, such as PNG or JPEG. It also must be smaller than the <filename>MaxIconWidth</filename> and <filename>MaxIconHeight</filename> values defined in the GDM configuration or it will be ignored. Users can run the <command>gdmphotosetup</command> program to specify a face image and it will copy the file to the <filename>$HOME/.face</filename> location and scale it so its longest dimension is not larger than the <filename>MaxIconWidth</filename> or <filename>MaxIconHeight</filename> values. <command>gdmphotosetup</command> takes care to not change the aspect ratio of the image."

3323

msgstr ""

3324

3325

#: C/gdm.xml:4434(para)

3326

msgid "Face images can also be placed in the global face directory, which is specified by the <filename>GlobalFaceDir</filename> configuration option ( normally <filename><share>/pixmaps/faces/</filename>) and the filename should be the name of the user, optionally with a <filename>.png</filename>, <filename>.jpg</filename>, etc. appended."

3327

msgstr ""

3328

3329

#: C/gdm.xml:4445(title)

3330

msgid "Controlling GDM"

3331

msgstr ""

3332

3333

#: C/gdm.xml:4447(para)

3334

msgid "You can control GDM behavior during runtime in several different ways. You can either run certain commands, or you can talk to GDM using either a unix socket protocol, or a FIFO protocol."

3335

msgstr ""

3336

3337

#: C/gdm.xml:4454(title)

3338

msgid "Commands"

3339

msgstr "Kommandon"

3340

3341

#: C/gdm.xml:4456(para)

3342

msgid "To stop GDM, you can either send the TERM signal to the main daemon or run the <command>gdm-stop</command> command which is in the <filename><sbin>/</filename> directory. To restart GDM, you can either send the HUP signal to the main daemon or run the <command>gdm-restart</command> command which is also in the <filename><sbin>/</filename> directory. To restart GDM but only after all the users have logged out, you can either send the USR1 signal to the main daemon or run the <command>gdm-safe-restart</command> command which is in the <filename><sbin>/</filename> directory as well."

3343

msgstr ""

3344

3345

#: C/gdm.xml:4469(para)

3346

msgid "The <command>gdmflexiserver</command> command can be used to start new flexible (on demand) displays if your system supports virtual terminals. This command will normally lock the current session with a screensaver so that the user can safely walk away from the computer and let someone else log in. If more that two flexible displays have started <command>gdmflexiserver</command> will display a pop-up dialog allowing the user to select which session to continue. The user will normally have to enter a password to return to the session. On session exit the system will return to the previous virtual terminal. Run <command>gdmflexiserver --help</command> to get a listing of possible options."

3347

msgstr ""

3348

3349

#: C/gdm.xml:4485(title)

3350

msgid "The FIFO protocol"

3351

msgstr ""

3352

3353

#: C/gdm.xml:4487(para)

3354

msgid "GDM also provides a FIFO called <filename>.gdmfifo</filename> in the <filename>ServAuthDir</filename> directory (usually <filename><var>/gdm/.gdmfifo</filename>). You must be root to use this protocol, and it is mostly used for internal GDM chatter. It is a very simple protocol where you just echo a command on a single line to this file. It can be used to tell GDM things such as restart, suspend the computer, or restart all X servers next time it has a chance (which would be useful from an X configuration application)."

3355

msgstr ""

3356

3357

#: C/gdm.xml:4498(para)

3358

msgid "Full and up to date documentation of the commands and their use is contained in the GDM source tree in the file <filename>daemon/gdm.h</filename>. Look for the defines starting with <filename>GDM_SOP_</filename>. The commands which require the pid of the slave as an argument are the ones that are really used for internal communication of the slave with the master and should not be used."

3359

msgstr ""

3360

3361

#: C/gdm.xml:4510(title)

3362

msgid "Socket Protocol"

3363

msgstr ""

3364

3365

#: C/gdm.xml:4512(para)

3366

msgid "GDM provides a unix domain socket for communication at <filename>/tmp/.gdm_socket</filename>. Using this you can check if GDM is running, the version of the daemon, the current displays that are running and who is logged in on them, and if GDM supports it on your operating system, also the virtual terminals of all the console logins. The <command>gdmflexiserver</command> command uses this protocol, for example, to launch flexible (on-demand) displays."

3367

msgstr ""

3368

3369

#: C/gdm.xml:4522(para)

3370

msgid "gdmflexiserver accepts the following commands with the --command option:"

3371

msgstr ""

3372

3373

#: C/gdm.xml:4527(screen)

3374

#, no-wrap

3375

msgid ""

3376

"\n"

3377

"ADD_DYNAMIC_DISPLAY\n"

3378

"ALL_SERVERS\n"

3379

"ATTACHED_SERVERS\n"

3380

"AUTH_LOCAL\n"

3381

"CLOSE\n"

3382

"FLEXI_XNEST\n"

3383

"FLEXI_XSERVER\n"

3384

"GET_CONFIG\n"

3385

"GET_CONFIG_FILE\n"

3386

"GET_CUSTOM_CONFIG_FILE\n"

3387

"GET_SERVER_LIST\n"

3388

"GET_SERVER_DETAILS\n"

3389

"GREETERPIDS\n"

3390

"QUERY_LOGOUT_ACTION\n"

3391

"QUERY_VT\n"

3392

"RELEASE_DYNAMIC_DISPLAYS\n"

3393

"REMOVE_DYNAMIC_DISPLAY\n"

3394

"SERVER_BUSY\n"

3395

"SET_LOGOUT_ACTION\n"

3396

"SET_SAFE_LOGOUT_ACTION\n"

3397

"SET_VT\n"

3398

"UPDATE_CONFIG\n"

3399

"VERSION\n"

3400

msgstr ""

3401

"\n"

3402

"ADD_DYNAMIC_DISPLAY\n"

3403

"ALL_SERVERS\n"

3404

"ATTACHED_SERVERS\n"

3405

"AUTH_LOCAL\n"

3406

"CLOSE\n"

3407

"FLEXI_XNEST\n"

3408

"FLEXI_XSERVER\n"

3409

"GET_CONFIG\n"

3410

"GET_CONFIG_FILE\n"

3411

"GET_CUSTOM_CONFIG_FILE\n"

3412

"GET_SERVER_LIST\n"

3413

"GET_SERVER_DETAILS\n"

3414

"GREETERPIDS\n"

3415

"QUERY_LOGOUT_ACTION\n"

3416

"QUERY_VT\n"

3417

"RELEASE_DYNAMIC_DISPLAYS\n"

3418

"REMOVE_DYNAMIC_DISPLAY\n"

3419

"SERVER_BUSY\n"

3420

"SET_LOGOUT_ACTION\n"

3421

"SET_SAFE_LOGOUT_ACTION\n"

3422

"SET_VT\n"

3423

"UPDATE_CONFIG\n"

3424

"VERSION\n"

3425

3426

#: C/gdm.xml:4553(para)

3427

msgid "These are described in detail below, including required arguments, response format, and return codes."

3428

msgstr ""

3429

3430

#: C/gdm.xml:4559(title)

3431

msgid "ADD_DYNAMIC_DISPLAY"

3432

msgstr "ADD_DYNAMIC_DISPLAY"

3433

3434

#: C/gdm.xml:4560(screen)

3435

#, no-wrap

3436

msgid ""

3437

"\n"

3438

"ADD_DYNAMIC_DISPLAY: Create a new server definition that will\n"

3439

" run on the specified display leaving, it\n"

3440

" in DISPLAY_CONFIG state.\n"

3441

"Supported since: 2.8.0.0\n"

3442

"Arguments: <display to run on>=<server>\n"

3443

" Where <server> is either a configuration named in the\n"

3444

" GDM configuration or a literal command name.\n"

3445

"Answers:\n"

3446

" OK <display>\n"

3447

" ERROR <err number> <english error description>\n"

3448

" 0 = Not implemented\n"

3449

" 2 = Existing display\n"

3450

" 3 = No server string\n"

3451

" 4 = Display startup failure\n"

3452

" 100 = Not authenticated\n"

3453

" 200 = Dynamic Displays not allowed\n"

3454

" 999 = Unknown error\n"

3455

msgstr ""

3456

3457

#: C/gdm.xml:4582(title)

3458

msgid "ALL_SERVERS"

3459

msgstr "ALL_SERVERS"

3460

3461

#: C/gdm.xml:4583(screen)

3462

#, no-wrap

3463

msgid ""

3464

"\n"

3465

"ALL_SERVERS: List all displays, including console, remote, xnest.\n"

3466

" This can, for example, be useful to figure out if\n"

3467

" the display you are on is managed by the gdm daemon,\n"

3468

" by seeing if it is in the list. It is also somewhat\n"

3469

" like the 'w' command but for graphical sessions.\n"

3470

"Supported since: 2.4.2.96\n"

3471

"Arguments: None\n"

3472

"Answers:\n"

3473

" OK <server>;<server>;...\n"

3474

"\n"

3475

" <server> is <display>,<logged in user>\n"

3476

"\n"

3477

" <logged in user> can be empty in case no one logged in yet\n"

3478

"\n"

3479

" ERROR <err number> <english error description>\n"

3480

" 0 = Not implemented\n"

3481

" 200 = Too many messages\n"

3482

" 999 = Unknown error\n"

3483

msgstr ""

3484

3485

#: C/gdm.xml:4606(title)

3486

msgid "ATTACHED_SERVERS"

3487

msgstr "ATTACHED_SERVERS"

3488

3489

#: C/gdm.xml:4607(screen)

3490

#, no-wrap

3491

msgid ""

3492

"\n"

3493

"ATTACHED_SERVERS: List all attached displays. Doesn't list XDMCP\n"

3494

" and xnest non-attached displays.\n"

3495

"Note: This command used to be named CONSOLE_SERVERS,\n"

3496

" which is still recognized for backwards\n"

3497

" compatibility. The optional pattern argument\n"

3498

" is supported as of version 2.8.0.0.\n"

3499

"Supported since: 2.2.4.0\n"

3500

"Arguments: <pattern> (optional)\n"

3501

" With no argument, all attached displays are returned. The optional\n"

3502

" <pattern> is a string that may contain glob characters '*', '?', and\n"

3503

" '[]'. Only displays that match the pattern will be returned.\n"

3504

"Answers:\n"

3505

" OK <server>;<server>;...\n"

3506

"\n"

3507

" <server> is <display>,<logged in user>,<vt or xnest display>\n"

3508

"\n"

3509

" <logged in user> can be empty in case no one logged\n"

3510

" in yet, and <vt> can be -1 if it's not known or not\n"

3511

" supported (on non-Linux for example). If the display is an\n"

3512

" xnest display and is a console one (that is, it is an xnest\n"

3513

" inside another console display) it is listed and instead of\n"

3514

" vt, it lists the parent display in standard form.\n"

3515

"\n"

3516

" ERROR <err number> <english error description>\n"

3517

" 0 = Not implemented\n"

3518

" 200 = Too many messages\n"

3519

" 999 = Unknown error\n"

3520

msgstr ""

3521

3522

#: C/gdm.xml:4639(title)

3523

msgid "AUTH_LOCAL"

3524

msgstr "AUTH_LOCAL"

3525

3526

#: C/gdm.xml:4640(screen)

3527

#, no-wrap

3528

msgid ""

3529

"\n"

3530

"AUTH_LOCAL: Setup this connection as authenticated for\n"

3531

" FLEXI_SERVER. Because all full blown (non-Xnest)\n"

3532

" displays can be started only from users logged in\n"

3533

" locally, and here GDM assumes only users logged\n"

3534

" in from GDM. They must pass the xauth\n"

3535

" MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1 that they were passed before\n"

3536

" the connection is authenticated.\n"

3537

"Note: The AUTH LOCAL command requires the\n"

3538

" --authenticate option, although only\n"

3539

" FLEXI XSERVER uses this currently.\n"

3540

"Note: Since 2.6.0.6 you can also use a global\n"

3541

" <ServAuthDir>/.cookie, which works for all\n"

3542

" authentication except for SET_LOGOUT_ACTION and\n"

3543

" QUERY_LOGOUT_ACTION and SET_SAFE_LOGOUT_ACTION\n"

3544

" which require a logged in display.\n"

3545

"Supported since: 2.2.4.0\n"

3546

"Arguments: <xauth cookie>\n"

3547

" <xauth cookie> is in hex form with no 0x prefix\n"

3548

"Answers:\n"

3549

" OK\n"

3550

" ERROR <err number> <english error description>\n"

3551

" 0 = Not implemented\n"

3552

" 100 = Not authenticated\n"

3553

" 200 = Too many messages\n"

3554

" 999 = Unknown error\n"

3555

msgstr ""

3556

3557

#: C/gdm.xml:4670(title)

3558

msgid "CLOSE"

3559

msgstr "CLOSE"

3560

3561

#: C/gdm.xml:4671(screen)

3562

#, no-wrap

3563

msgid ""

3564

"\n"

3565

"CLOSE: Close sockets connection\n"

3566

"Supported since: 2.2.4.0\n"

3567

"Arguments: None\n"

3568

"Answers: None\n"

3569

msgstr ""

3570

3571

#: C/gdm.xml:4680(title)

3572

msgid "FLEXI_XNEST"

3573

msgstr "FLEXI_XNEST"

3574

3575

#: C/gdm.xml:4681(screen)

3576

#, no-wrap

3577

msgid ""

3578

"\n"

3579

"FLEXI_XNEXT: Start a new flexible Xnest display.\n"

3580

"Note: Supported on older version from 2.2.4.0, later\n"

3581

" 2.2.4.2, but since 2.3.90.4 you must supply 4\n"

3582

" arguments or ERROR 100 will be returned. This\n"

3583

" will start Xnest using the XAUTHORITY file\n"

3584

" supplied and as the uid same as the owner of\n"

3585

" that file (and same as you supply). You must\n"

3586

" also supply the cookie as the third argument\n"

3587

" for this display, to prove that you indeed are\n"

3588

" this user. Also this file must be readable\n"

3589

" ONLY by this user, that is have a mode of 0600.\n"

3590

" If this all is not met, ERROR 100 is returned.\n"

3591

"Note: The cookie should be the MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1,\n"

3592

" the first one GDM can find in the XAUTHORITY\n"

3593

" file for this display. If that's not what you\n"

3594

" use you should generate one first. The cookie\n"

3595

" should be in hex form.\n"

3596

"Supported since: 2.3.90.4\n"

3597

"Arguments: <display to run on> <uid of requesting user>\n"

3598

" <xauth cookie for the display> <xauth file>\n"

3599

"Answers:\n"

3600

" OK <display>\n"

3601

" ERROR <err number> <english error description>\n"

3602

" 0 = Not implemented\n"

3603

" 1 = No more flexi servers\n"

3604

" 2 = Startup errors\n"

3605

" 3 = X failed\n"

3606

" 4 = X too busy\n"

3607

" 5 = Xnest can't connect\n"

3608

" 6 = No server binary\n"

3609

" 100 = Not authenticated\n"

3610

" 200 = Too many messages\n"

3611

" 999 = Unknown error\n"

3612

msgstr ""

3613

3614

#: C/gdm.xml:4719(title)

3615

msgid "FLEXI_XSERVER"

3616

msgstr "FLEXI_XSERVER"

3617

3618

#: C/gdm.xml:4720(screen)

3619

#, no-wrap

3620

msgid ""

3621

"\n"

3622

"FLEXI_XSERVER: Start a new X flexible display. Only supported on\n"

3623

" connection that passed AUTH_LOCAL\n"

3624

"Supported since: 2.2.4.0\n"

3625

"Arguments: <xserver type>\n"

3626

" If no arguments, starts the standard X server\n"

3627

"Answers:\n"

3628

" OK <display>\n"

3629

" ERROR <err number> <english error description>\n"

3630

" 0 = Not implemented\n"

3631

" 1 = No more flexi servers\n"

3632

" 2 = Startup errors\n"

3633

" 3 = X failed\n"

3634

" 4 = X too busy\n"

3635

" 6 = No server binary\n"

3636

" 100 = Not authenticated\n"

3637

" 200 = Too many messages\n"

3638

" 999 = Unknown error\n"

3639

msgstr ""

3640

3641

#: C/gdm.xml:4742(title)

3642

msgid "GET_CONFIG"

3643

msgstr "GET_CONFIG"

3644

3645

#: C/gdm.xml:4743(screen)

3646

#, no-wrap

3647

msgid ""

3648

"\n"

3649

"GET_CONFIG: Get configuration value for key. Useful so\n"

3650

" that other applications can request configuration\n"

3651

" information from GDM. Any key defined as GDM_KEY_*\n"

3652

" in gdm.h is supported. Starting with version 2.13.0.2\n"

3653

" translated keys (such as \"greeter/GdmWelcome[cs]\" are\n"

3654

" supported via GET_CONFIG. Also starting with version\n"

3655

" 2.13.0.2 it is no longer necessary to include the\n"

3656

" default value (i.e. you can use key \"greeter/IncludeAll\"\n"

3657

" instead of having to use \"greeter/IncludeAll=false\". \n"

3658

"Supported since: 2.6.0.9\n"

3659

"Arguments: <key>\n"

3660

"Answers:\n"

3661

" OK <value>\n"

3662

" ERROR <err number> <english error description>\n"

3663

" 0 = Not implemented\n"

3664

" 50 = Unsupported key\n"

3665

" 200 = Too many messages\n"

3666

" 999 = Unknown error\n"

3667

msgstr ""

3668

3669

#: C/gdm.xml:4766(title)

3670

msgid "GET_CONFIG_FILE"

3671

msgstr "GET_CONFIG_FILE"

3672

3673

#: C/gdm.xml:4767(screen)

3674

#, no-wrap

3675

msgid ""

3676

"\n"

3677

"GET_CONFIG_FILE: Get config file location being used by\n"

3678

" the daemon. If the GDM daemon was started\n"

3679

" with the --config option, it will return\n"

3680

" the value passed in via the argument.\n"

3681

"Supported since: 2.8.0.2\n"

3682

"Arguments: None\n"

3683

"Answers:\n"

3684

" OK <full path to GDM configuration file>\n"

3685

" ERROR <err number> <english error description>\n"

3686

" 0 = Not implemented\n"

3687

" 200 = Too many messages\n"

3688

" 999 = Unknown error\n"

3689

msgstr ""

3690

3691

#: C/gdm.xml:4784(title)

3692

msgid "GET_CUSTOM_CONFIG_FILE"

3693

msgstr "GET_CUSTOM_CONFIG_FILE"

3694

3695

#: C/gdm.xml:4785(screen)

3696

#, no-wrap

3697

msgid ""

3698

"\n"

3699

"GET_CUSTOM_CONFIG_FILE: Get custom config file location being\n"

3700

" used by the daemon.\n"

3701

"Supported since: 2.14.0.0\n"

3702

"Arguments: None\n"

3703

"Answers:\n"

3704

" OK <full path to GDM custom configuration file>\n"

3705

" ERROR <err number> <english error description>\n"

3706

" 0 = Not implemented\n"

3707

" 1 = File not found\n"

3708

" 200 = Too many messages\n"

3709

" 999 = Unknown error\n"

3710

msgstr ""

3711

3712

#: C/gdm.xml:4801(title)

3713

msgid "GET_SERVER_DETAILS"

3714

msgstr "GET_SERVER_DETAILS"

3715

3716

#: C/gdm.xml:4802(screen)

3717

#, no-wrap

3718

msgid ""

3719

"\n"

3720

"GET_SERVER_DETAILS: Get detail information for a specific server.\n"

3721

"Supported since: 2.13.0.4\n"

3722

"Arguments: <server> <key>\n"

3723

" Key values include:\n"

3724

" NAME - Returns the server name\n"

3725

" COMMAND - Returns the server command\n"

3726

" FLEXIBLE - Returns \"true\" if flexible, \"false\"\n"

3727

" otherwise\n"

3728

" CHOOSABLE - Returns \"true\" if choosable, \"false\"\n"

3729

" otherwise\n"

3730

" HANDLED - Returns \"true\" if handled, \"false\"\n"

3731

" otherwise\n"

3732

" CHOOSER - Returns \"true\" if chooser, \"false\"\n"

3733

" otherwise\n"

3734

" PRIORITY - Returns process priority\n"

3735

"Answers:\n"

3736

" OK <value>\n"

3737

" ERROR <err number> <english error description>\n"

3738

" 0 = Not implemented\n"

3739

" 1 = Server not found\n"

3740

" 2 = Key not valid\n"

3741

" 50 = Unsupported key\n"

3742

" 200 = Too many messages\n"

3743

" 999 = Unknown error\n"

3744

msgstr ""

3745

3746

#: C/gdm.xml:4831(title)

3747

msgid "GET_SERVER_LIST"

3748

msgstr "GET_SERVER_LIST"

3749

3750

#: C/gdm.xml:4832(screen)

3751

#, no-wrap

3752

msgid ""

3753

"\n"

3754

"GET_SERVER_LIST: Get a list of the server sections from\n"

3755

" the configuration file.\n"

3756

"Supported since: 2.13.0.4\n"

3757

"Arguments: None\n"

3758

"Answers:\n"

3759

" OK <value>;<value>;...\n"

3760

" ERROR <err number> <english error description>\n"

3761

" 0 = Not implemented\n"

3762

" 1 = No servers found\n"

3763

" 200 = Too many messages\n"

3764

" 999 = Unknown error\n"

3765

msgstr ""

3766

3767

#: C/gdm.xml:4848(title)

3768

msgid "GREETERPIDS"

3769

msgstr "GREETERPIDS"

3770

3771

#: C/gdm.xml:4849(screen)

3772

#, no-wrap

3773

msgid ""

3774

"\n"

3775

"GREETERPIDS: List all greeter pids so that one can send HUP\n"

3776

" to them for config rereading. Of course one\n"

3777

" must be root to do that.\n"

3778

"Supported since: 2.3.90.2\n"

3779

"Arguments: None\n"

3780

"Answers:\n"

3781

" OK <pid>;<pid>;...\n"

3782

" ERROR <err number> <english error description>\n"

3783

" 0 = Not implemented\n"

3784

" 200 = Too many messages\n"

3785

" 999 = Unknown error\n"

3786

msgstr ""

3787

3788

#: C/gdm.xml:4865(title)

3789

msgid "QUERY_LOGOUT_ACTION"

3790

msgstr "QUERY_LOGOUT_ACTION"

3791

3792

#: C/gdm.xml:4866(screen)

3793

#, no-wrap

3794

msgid ""

3795

"\n"

3796

"QUERY_LOGOUT_ACTION: Query which logout actions are possible\n"

3797

" Only supported on connections that passed\n"

3798

" AUTH_LOCAL.\n"

3799

"Supported since: 2.5.90.0\n"

3800

"Answers:\n"

3801

" OK <action>;<action>;...\n"

3802

" Where action is one of HALT, REBOOT, SUSPEND or CUSTOM_CMD[0-9].\n"

3803

" An empty list can also be returned if no action is possible.\n"

3804

" A '!' is appended to an action if it was already set with\n"

3805

" SET_LOGOUT_ACTION or SET_SAFE_LOGOUT_ACTION. Note that\n"

3806

" SET_LOGOUT_ACTION has precedence over\n"

3807

" SET_SAFE_LOGOUT_ACTION.\n"

3808

" ERROR <err number> <english error description>\n"

3809

" 0 = Not implemented\n"

3810

" 100 = Not authenticated\n"

3811

" 200 = Too many messages\n"

3812

" 999 = Unknown error\n"

3813

msgstr ""

3814

3815

#: C/gdm.xml:4888(title)

3816

msgid "QUERY_CUSTOM_CMD_LABELS"

3817

msgstr "QUERY_CUSTOM_CMD_LABELS"

3818

3819

#: C/gdm.xml:4889(screen)

3820

#, no-wrap

3821

msgid ""

3822

"\n"

3823

" QUERY_CUSTOM_CMD_LABELS: Query labels belonging to exported custom\n"

3824

" commands Only supported on connections that\n"

3825

" passed AUTH_LOCAL.\n"

3826

" Supported since: 2.5.90.0\n"

3827

" Answers:\n"

3828

" OK <label1>;<label2>;...\n"

3829

" Where labelX is one of the labels belonging to CUSTOM_CMDX\n"

3830

" (where X in [0,GDM_CUSTOM_COMMAND_MAX)). An empty list can\n"

3831

" also be returned if none of the custom commands are exported\n"

3832

" outside login manager (no CustomCommandIsPersistent options\n"

3833

" are set to true). \n"

3834

" ERROR <err number> <english error description>\n"

3835

" 0 = Not implemented\n"

3836

" 100 = Not authenticated\n"

3837

" 200 = Too many messages\n"

3838

" 999 = Unknown error\n"

3839

msgstr ""

3840

3841

#: C/gdm.xml:4910(title)

3842

msgid "QUERY_CUSTOM_CMD_NO_RESTART_STATUS"

3843

msgstr "QUERY_CUSTOM_CMD_NO_RESTART_STATUS"

3844

3845

#: C/gdm.xml:4911(screen)

3846

#, no-wrap

3847

msgid ""

3848

"\n"

3849

"QUERY_CUSTOM_CMD_NO_RESTART_STATUS: Query NoRestart config options\n"

3850

" for each of custom commands Only\n"

3851

" supported on connections that\n"

3852

" passed AUTH_LOCAL.\n"

3853

"Supported since: 2.5.90.0\n"

3854

"Answers:\n"

3855

" OK <status>\n"

3856

" Where each bit of the status represents NoRestart value for\n"

3857

" each of the custom commands.\n"

3858

" bit on (1): NoRestart = true, \n"

3859

" bit off (0): NoRestart = false.\n"

3860

" ERROR <err number> <english error description>\n"

3861

" 0 = Not implemented\n"

3862

" 100 = Not authenticated\n"

3863

" 200 = Too many messages\n"

3864

" 999 = Unknown error\n"

3865

msgstr ""

3866

3867

#: C/gdm.xml:4932(title)

3868

msgid "QUERY_VT"

3869

msgstr "QUERY_VT"

3870

3871

#: C/gdm.xml:4933(screen)

3872

#, no-wrap

3873

msgid ""

3874

"\n"

3875

"QUERY_VT: Ask the daemon about which VT we are currently on.\n"

3876

" This is useful for logins which don't own\n"

3877

" /dev/console but are still console logins. Only\n"

3878

" supported on Linux currently, other places will\n"

3879

" just get ERROR 8. This is also the way to query\n"

3880

" if VT support is available in the daemon in the\n"

3881

" first place. Only supported on connections that\n"

3882

" passed AUTH_LOCAL.\n"

3883

"Supported since: 2.5.90.0\n"

3884

"Arguments: None\n"

3885

"Answers:\n"

3886

" OK <vt number>\n"

3887

" ERROR <err number> <english error description>\n"

3888

" 0 = Not implemented\n"

3889

" 8 = Virtual terminals not supported\n"

3890

" 100 = Not authenticated\n"

3891

" 200 = Too many messages\n"

3892

" 999 = Unknown error\n"

3893

msgstr ""

3894

3895

#: C/gdm.xml:4956(title)

3896

msgid "RELEASE_DYNAMIC_DISPLAYS"

3897

msgstr "RELEASE_DYNAMIC_DISPLAYS"

3898

3899

#: C/gdm.xml:4957(screen)

3900

#, no-wrap

3901

msgid ""

3902

"\n"

3903

"RELEASE_DYNAMIC_DISPLAYS: Release dynamic displays currently in \n"

3904

" DISPLAY_CONFIG state\n"

3905

"Supported since: 2.8.0.0\n"

3906

"Arguments: <display to release>\n"

3907

"Answers:\n"

3908

" OK <display>\n"

3909

" ERROR <err number> <english error description>\n"

3910

" 0 = Not implemented\n"

3911

" 1 = Bad display number\n"

3912

" 100 = Not authenticated\n"

3913

" 200 = Dynamic Displays not allowed\n"

3914

" 999 = Unknown error\n"

3915

msgstr ""

3916

3917

#: C/gdm.xml:4974(title)

3918

msgid "REMOVE_DYNAMIC_DISPLAY"

3919

msgstr "REMOVE_DYNAMIC_DISPLAY"

3920

3921

#: C/gdm.xml:4975(screen)

3922

#, no-wrap

3923

msgid ""

3924

"\n"

3925

"REMOVE_DYNAMIC_DISPLAY: Remove a dynamic display, killing the server\n"

3926

" and purging the display configuration\n"

3927

"Supported since: 2.8.0.0\n"

3928

"Arguments: <display to remove>\n"

3929

"Answers:\n"

3930

" OK <display>\n"

3931

" ERROR <err number> <english error description>\n"

3932

" 0 = Not implemented\n"

3933

" 1 = Bad display number\n"

3934

" 100 = Not authenticated\n"

3935

" 200 = Dynamic Displays not allowed\n"

3936

" 999 = Unknown error\n"

3937

msgstr ""

3938

3939

#: C/gdm.xml:4992(title)

3940

msgid "SERVER_BUSY"

3941

msgstr "SERVER_BUSY"

3942

3943

#: C/gdm.xml:4993(screen)

3944

#, no-wrap

3945

msgid ""

3946

"\n"

3947

"SERVER_BUSY: Returns true if half or more of the daemon's sockets\n"

3948

" are busy, false otherwise. Used by slave programs\n"

3949

" which want to ensure they do not overwhelm the \n"

3950

" sever.\n"

3951

"Supported since: 2.13.0.8\n"

3952

"Arguments: None\n"

3953

"Answers:\n"

3954

" OK <value>\n"

3955

" ERROR <err number> <english error description>\n"

3956

" 0 = Not implemented\n"

3957

" 200 = Too many messages\n"

3958

" 999 = Unknown error\n"

3959

msgstr ""

3960

3961

#: C/gdm.xml:5010(title)

3962

msgid "SET_LOGOUT_ACTION"

3963

msgstr "SET_LOGOUT_ACTION"

3964

3965

#: C/gdm.xml:5011(screen)

3966

#, no-wrap

3967

msgid ""

3968

"\n"

3969

"SET_LOGOUT_ACTION: Tell the daemon to halt/restart/suspend after\n"

3970

" slave process exits. Only supported on\n"

3971

" connections that passed AUTH_LOCAL.\n"

3972

"Supported since: 2.5.90.0\n"

3973

"Arguments: <action>\n"

3974

" NONE Set exit action to 'none'\n"

3975

" HALT Set exit action to 'halt'\n"

3976

" REBOOT Set exit action to 'reboot'\n"

3977

" SUSPEND Set exit action to 'suspend'\n"

3978

" CUSTOM_CMD[0-9] Set exit action to 'custom command [0-9]'\n"

3979

"Answers:\n"

3980

" OK\n"

3981

" ERROR <err number> <english error description>\n"

3982

" 0 = Not implemented\n"

3983

" 7 = Unknown logout action, or not available\n"

3984

" 100 = Not authenticated\n"

3985

" 200 = Too many messages\n"

3986

" 999 = Unknown error\n"

3987

msgstr ""

3988

3989

#: C/gdm.xml:5034(title)

3990

msgid "SET_SAFE_LOGOUT_ACTION"

3991

msgstr "SET_SAFE_LOGOUT_ACTION"

3992

3993

#: C/gdm.xml:5035(screen)

3994

#, no-wrap

3995

msgid ""

3996

"\n"

3997

"SET_SAFE_LOGOUT_ACTION: Tell the daemon to halt/restart/suspend\n"

3998

" after everybody logs out. If only one\n"

3999

" person logs out, then this is obviously\n"

4000

" the same as the SET_LOGOUT_ACTION. Note\n"

4001

" that SET_LOGOUT_ACTION has precedence\n"

4002

" over SET_SAFE_LOGOUT_ACTION if it is set\n"

4003

" to something other then NONE. If no one\n"

4004

" is logged in, then the action takes effect\n"

4005

" effect immediately. Only supported on\n"

4006

" connections that passed AUTH_LOCAL.\n"

4007

"Supported since: 2.5.90.0\n"

4008

"Arguments: <action>\n"

4009

" NONE Set exit action to 'none'\n"

4010

" HALT Set exit action to 'halt'\n"

4011

" REBOOT Set exit action to 'reboot'\n"

4012

" SUSPEND Set exit action to 'suspend'\n"

4013

" CUSTOM_CMD[0-9] Set exit action to 'custom command [0-9]'\n"

4014

"Answers:\n"

4015

" OK\n"

4016

" ERROR <err number> <english error description>\n"

4017

" 0 = Not implemented\n"

4018

" 7 = Unknown logout action, or not available\n"

4019

" 100 = Not authenticated\n"

4020

" 200 = Too many messages\n"

4021

" 999 = Unknown error\n"

4022

msgstr ""

4023

4024

#: C/gdm.xml:5065(title)

4025

msgid "SET_VT"

4026

msgstr "SET_VT"

4027

4028

#: C/gdm.xml:5066(screen)

4029

#, no-wrap

4030

msgid ""

4031

"\n"

4032

"SET_VT: Change to the specified virtual terminal.\n"

4033

" This is useful for logins which don't own /dev/console\n"

4034

" but are still console logins. Only supported on Linux\n"

4035

" currently, other places will just get ERROR 8.\n"

4036

" Only supported on connections that passed AUTH_LOCAL.\n"

4037

"Supported since: 2.5.90.0\n"

4038

"Arguments: <vt>\n"

4039

"Answers:\n"

4040

" OK\n"

4041

" ERROR <err number> <english error description>\n"

4042

" 0 = Not implemented\n"

4043

" 8 = Virtual terminals not supported\n"

4044

" 9 = Invalid virtual terminal number\n"

4045

" 100 = Not authenticated\n"

4046

" 200 = Too many messages\n"

4047

" 999 = Unknown error\n"

4048

msgstr ""

4049

4050

#: C/gdm.xml:5087(title)

4051

msgid "UPDATE_CONFIG"

4052

msgstr "UPDATE_CONFIG"

4053

4054

#: C/gdm.xml:5088(screen)

4055

#, no-wrap

4056

msgid ""

4057

"\n"

4058

"UPDATE_CONFIG: Tell the daemon to re-read a key from the \n"

4059

" GDM configuration file. Any user can request\n"

4060

" that values are re-read but the daemon will\n"

4061

" only do so if the file has been modified\n"

4062

" since GDM first read the file. Only users\n"

4063

" who can change the GDM configuration file\n"

4064

" (normally writable only by the root user) can\n"

4065

" actually modify the GDM configuration. This\n"

4066

" command is useful to cause the GDM to update\n"

4067

" itself to recognize a change made to the GDM\n"

4068

" configuration file by the root user.\n"

4069

"\n"

4070

" Starting with version 2.13.0.0, all GDM keys are\n"

4071

" supported except for the following:\n"

4072

"\n"

4073

" daemon/PidFile\n"

4074

" daemon/ConsoleNotify\n"

4075

" daemon/User\n"

4076

" daemon/Group\n"

4077

" daemon/LogDir\n"

4078

" daemon/ServAuthDir\n"

4079

" daemon/UserAuthDir\n"

4080

" daemon/UserAuthFile\n"

4081

" daemon/UserAuthFBDir\n"

4082

"\n"

4083

" GDM also supports the following Psuedokeys:\n"

4084

"\n"

4085

" xdmcp/PARAMETERS (2.3.90.2) updates the following:\n"

4086

" xdmcp/MaxPending\n"

4087

" xdmcp/MaxSessions\n"

4088

" xdmcp/MaxWait\n"

4089

" xdmcp/DisplaysPerHost\n"

4090

" xdmcp/HonorIndirect\n"

4091

" xdmcp/MaxPendingIndirect\n"

4092

" xdmcp/MaxWaitIndirect\n"

4093

" xdmcp/PingIntervalSeconds (only affects new connections)\n"

4094

"\n"

4095

" xservers/PARAMETERS (2.13.0.4) updates the following:\n"

4096

" all [server-foo] sections.\n"

4097

"\n"

4098

" Supported keys for previous versions of GDM:\n"

4099

"\n"

4100

" security/AllowRoot (2.3.90.2)\n"

4101

" security/AllowRemoteRoot (2.3.90.2)\n"

4102

" security/AllowRemoteAutoLogin (2.3.90.2)\n"

4103

" security/RetryDelay (2.3.90.2)\n"

4104

" security/DisallowTCP (2.4.2.0)\n"

4105

" daemon/Greeter (2.3.90.2)\n"

4106

" daemon/RemoteGreeter (2.3.90.2)\n"

4107

" xdmcp/Enable (2.3.90.2)\n"

4108

" xdmcp/Port (2.3.90.2)\n"

4109

" daemon/TimedLogin (2.3.90.3)\n"

4110

" daemon/TimedLoginEnable (2.3.90.3)\n"

4111

" daemon/TimedLoginDelay (2.3.90.3)\n"

4112

" greeter/SystemMenu (2.3.90.3)\n"

4113

" greeter/ConfigAvailable (2.3.90.3)\n"

4114

" greeter/ChooserButton (2.4.2.0)\n"

4115

" greeter/SoundOnLoginFile (2.5.90.0)\n"

4116

" daemon/AddGtkModules (2.5.90.0)\n"

4117

" daemon/GtkModulesList (2.5.90.0)\n"

4118

"Supported since: 2.3.90.2\n"

4119

"Arguments: <key>\n"

4120

" <key> is just the base part of the key such as\n"

4121

" \"security/AllowRemoteRoot\"\n"

4122

"Answers:\n"

4123

" OK\n"

4124

" ERROR <err number> <english error description>\n"

4125

" 0 = Not implemented\n"

4126

" 50 = Unsupported key\n"

4127

" 200 = Too many messages\n"

4128

" 999 = Unknown error\n"

4129

msgstr ""

4130

4131

#: C/gdm.xml:5164(title)

4132

msgid "VERSION"

4133

msgstr "VERSION"

4134

4135

#: C/gdm.xml:5165(screen)

4136

#, no-wrap

4137

msgid ""

4138

"\n"

4139

"VERSION: Query GDM version\n"

4140

"Supported since: 2.2.4.0\n"

4141

"Arguments: None\n"

4142

"Answers:\n"

4143

" GDM <gdm version>\n"

4144

" ERROR <err number> <english error description>\n"

4145

" 200 = Too many messages\n"

4146

" 999 = Unknown error\n"

4147

msgstr ""

4148

4149

#: C/gdm.xml:5182(title)

4150

msgid "GDM Commands"

4151

msgstr "GDM-kommandon"

4152

4153

#: C/gdm.xml:5185(title)

4154

msgid "GDM User Commands"

4155

msgstr ""

4156

4157

#: C/gdm.xml:5187(para)

4158

msgid "The GDM package provides the following different commands in <filename>bindir</filename> intended to be used by the end-user:"

4159

msgstr ""

4160

4161

#: C/gdm.xml:5193(title)

4162

msgid "<command>gdmXnestchooser</command> and <command>gdmXnest</command> Command Line Options"

4163

msgstr ""

4164

4165

#: C/gdm.xml:5196(para)

4166

msgid "The <command>gdmXnestchooser</command> command automatically gets the correct display number, sets up access, and runs <command>Xnest</command> with -indirect localhost. This way you get an XDMCP chooser provided by your computer. You can also supply as an argument the hostname whose chooser should be displayed, so <command>gdmXnestchooser somehost</command> will run the XDMCP chooser from host <command>somehost</command> inside an Xnest session. You can make this command do a direct query instead by passing the <command>-d</command> option as well. In addition to the following options, this command also supports standard GNOME options."

4167

msgstr ""

4168

4169

#: C/gdm.xml:5211(title)

4170

msgid "<command>gdmXnestchooser</command> Command Line Options"

4171

msgstr ""

4172

4173

#: C/gdm.xml:5214(term)

4174

msgid "-x, --xnest=STRING"

4175

msgstr "-x, --xnest=STRÄNG"

4176

4177

#: C/gdm.xml:5216(para)

4178

msgid "Xnest command line, default is \"Xnest\""

4179

msgstr ""

4180

4181

#: C/gdm.xml:5223(term)

4182

msgid "-o, --xnest-extra-options=OPTIONS"

4183

msgstr "-o, --xnest-extra-options=FLAGGOR"

4184

4185

#: C/gdm.xml:5225(para)

4186

msgid "Extra options for Xnest, default is no options."

4187

msgstr ""

4188

4189

#: C/gdm.xml:5232(term)

4190

msgid "-n, --no-query"

4191

msgstr "-n, --no-query"

4192

4193

#: C/gdm.xml:5234(para)

4194

msgid "Just run Xnest, no query (no chooser)"

4195

msgstr ""

4196

4197

#: C/gdm.xml:5241(term)

4198

msgid "-d, --direct"

4199

msgstr "-d, --direct"

4200

4201

#: C/gdm.xml:5243(para)

4202

msgid "Do direct query instead of indirect (chooser)"

4203

msgstr ""

4204

4205

#: C/gdm.xml:5250(term)

4206

msgid "-B, --broadcast"

4207

msgstr "-B, --broadcast"

4208

4209

#: C/gdm.xml:5252(para)

4210

msgid "Run broadcast instead of indirect (chooser)"

4211

msgstr ""

4212

4213

#: C/gdm.xml:5259(term)

4214

msgid "-b, --background"

4215

msgstr "-b, --background"

4216

4217

#: C/gdm.xml:5261(para)

4218

msgid "Run in background"

4219

msgstr "Kör i bakgrunden"

4220

4221

#: C/gdm.xml:5268(term)

4222

msgid "--no-gdm-check"

4223

msgstr "--no-gdm-check"

4224

4225

#: C/gdm.xml:5270(para)

4226

msgid "Don't check for running GDM"

4227

msgstr ""

4228

4229

#: C/gdm.xml:5279(title)

4230

#: C/gdm.xml:5323(title)

4231

msgid "<command>gdmflexichooser</command> Command Line Options"

4232

msgstr ""

4233

4234

#: C/gdm.xml:5281(para)

4235

msgid "The <command>gdmflexiserver</command> command provides three features. It can be used to run flexible (on demand) X displays, to run a flexible display via Xnest, and to send commands to the GDM daemon process."

4236

msgstr ""

4237

4238

#: C/gdm.xml:5288(para)

4239

msgid "Starting a flexible X display will normally lock the current session with a screensaver and will redisplay the GDM login screen so a second user can log in. This feature is only available on systems that support virtual terminals and have them enabled. This feature is useful if you are logged in as user A, and user B wants to log in quickly but user A does not wish to log out. The X server takes care of the virtual terminal switching so it works transparently. If there is more than one running display defined with flexible=true, then the user is shown a dialog that displays the currently running sessions. The user can then pick which session to continue and will normally have to enter the password to unlock the screen."

4240

msgstr ""

4241

4242

#: C/gdm.xml:5302(para)

4243

msgid "Flexible displays started via Xnest works on systems that do not support virtual terminals. This option starts a flexible display in a window in the current session. This does not lock the current session, so is not as secure as a flexible server started via virtual terminals."

4244

msgstr ""

4245

4246

#: C/gdm.xml:5310(para)

4247

msgid "The <command>gdmflexiserver --command</command> option provides a way to send commands to the GDM daemon and can be used to debug problems or to change the GDM configuration."

4248

msgstr ""

4249

4250

#: C/gdm.xml:5316(para)

4251

msgid "In addition to the following options, <command>gdmflexiserver</command> also supports standard GNOME options."

4252

msgstr ""

4253

4254

#: C/gdm.xml:5326(term)

4255

msgid "-c, --command=COMMAND"

4256

msgstr "-c, --command=KOMMANDO"

4257

4258

#: C/gdm.xml:5328(para)

4259

msgid "Send the specified protocol command to GDM"

4260

msgstr ""

4261

4262

#: C/gdm.xml:5335(term)

4263

msgid "-n, --xnest"

4264

msgstr "-n, --xnest"

4265

4266

#: C/gdm.xml:5337(para)

4267

msgid "Start a flexible X display in Xnest mode"

4268

msgstr ""

4269

4270

#: C/gdm.xml:5344(term)

4271

msgid "-l, --no-lock"

4272

msgstr "-l, --no-lock"

4273

4274

#: C/gdm.xml:5346(para)

4275

msgid "Do not lock current screen"

4276

msgstr ""

4277

4278

#: C/gdm.xml:5353(term)

4279

msgid "-d, --debug"

4280

msgstr "-d, --debug"

4281

4282

#: C/gdm.xml:5355(para)

4283

msgid "Turns on debugging output which gets sent to syslog. Same as turning on debug in the configuration file."

4284

msgstr ""

4285

4286

#: C/gdm.xml:5363(term)

4287

msgid "-a, --authenticate"

4288

msgstr "-a, --authenticate"

4289

4290

#: C/gdm.xml:5365(para)

4291

msgid "Authenticate before running --command"

4292

msgstr ""

4293

4294

#: C/gdm.xml:5372(term)

4295

msgid "-s, --startnew"

4296

msgstr "-s, --startnew"

4297

4298

#: C/gdm.xml:5374(para)

4299

msgid "Starts a new flexible display without displaying a dialog asking the user if they wish to continue any existing sessions."

4300

msgstr ""

4301

4302

#: C/gdm.xml:5385(title)

4303

#: C/gdm.xml:5411(title)

4304

msgid "<command>gdmdynamic</command> Command Line Options"

4305

msgstr ""

4306

4307

#: C/gdm.xml:5387(para)

4308

msgid "The <command>gdmdynamic</command> command which creates, runs, and removes displays (X servers) on demand."

4309

msgstr ""

4310

4311

#: C/gdm.xml:5392(para)

4312

msgid "<command>gdmdynamic</command> allows the management of displays in a dynamic fashion. It is typically used in environments where it is not possible to list the possible displays in the GDM configuration files. The <command>gdmdynamic</command> command can be used to create a new display on a particular display number, run all newly created displays, or remove a display. The <command>gdmdynamic</command> command can also be used to list all attached displays, or only attached displays that match a pattern."

4313

msgstr ""

4314

4315

#: C/gdm.xml:5403(para)

4316

msgid "This program is designed to manage multiple simultaneous requests and works to avoid flooding the daemon with requests. If the sockets connection is busy, it will sleep and retry a certain number of times that can be tuned with the -s and -t options."

4317

msgstr ""

4318

4319

#: C/gdm.xml:5416(emphasis)

4320

msgid "One of the following options can be used per instance:"

4321

msgstr ""

4322

4323

#: C/gdm.xml:5423(term)

4324

msgid "-a display=server"

4325

msgstr "-a display=server"

4326

4327

#: C/gdm.xml:5425(para)

4328

msgid "Add a new display configuration, leaving it in the DISPLAY_CONFIG state. For example, <command>\"-a 2=StandardServerTwo\"</command><command>\"-a 3=/usr/X11R6/bin/X -dev /dev/fb2\"</command>"

4329

msgstr ""

4330

4331

#: C/gdm.xml:5431(para)

4332

msgid "The display will not actually be started until the display is released by calling <command>gdmdynamic</command> again with the -r option."

4333

msgstr ""

4334

4335

#: C/gdm.xml:5439(term)

4336

msgid "-r"

4337

msgstr "-r"

4338

4339

#: C/gdm.xml:5441(para)

4340

msgid "Release (run) all displays waiting in the DISPLAY_CONFIG state."

4341

msgstr ""

4342

4343

#: C/gdm.xml:5448(term)

4344

msgid "-d display"

4345

msgstr "-d display"

4346

4347

#: C/gdm.xml:5450(para)

4348

msgid "Delete a display, killing the X server and purging the display configuration. For example, \"-d 3\"."

4349

msgstr ""

4350

4351

#: C/gdm.xml:5458(term)

4352

msgid "-l [pattern]"

4353

msgstr "-l [mönster]"

4354

4355

#: C/gdm.xml:5460(para)

4356

msgid "List displays via the ATTACHED_SERVERS <command>gdmflexiserver</command> command. Without a pattern lists all attached displays. With a pattern will match using glob characters '*', '?', and '[]'. For example: <command>\"-l Standard*\"</command><command>\"-l *Xorg*\"</command>"

4357

msgstr ""

4358

4359

#: C/gdm.xml:5473(emphasis)

4360

msgid "These options can be added to the above:"

4361

msgstr ""

4362

4363

#: C/gdm.xml:5480(term)

4364

msgid "-v"

4365

msgstr "-v"

4366

4367

#: C/gdm.xml:5482(para)

4368

msgid "Verbose mode. Prinr diagnostic messages about each message sent to GDM."

4369

msgstr ""

4370

4371

#: C/gdm.xml:5490(term)

4372

msgid "-b"

4373

msgstr "-b"

4374

4375

#: C/gdm.xml:5492(para)

4376

msgid "Background mode. Fork child to do the work and return immediately."

4377

msgstr ""

4378

4379

#: C/gdm.xml:5499(term)

4380

msgid "-t RETRY"

4381

msgstr ""

4382

4383

#: C/gdm.xml:5501(para)

4384

msgid "If the daemon socket is busy, <command>gdmdynamic</command> will retry to open the connection the specified RETRY number of times. Default value is 15."

4385

msgstr ""

4386

4387

#: C/gdm.xml:5510(term)

4388

msgid "-s SLEEP"

4389

msgstr ""

4390

4391

#: C/gdm.xml:5512(para)

4392

msgid "If the daemon socket is busy, <command>gdmdynamic</command> will sleep an amount of time between retries. A random number of seconds 0-5 is added to the SLEEP value to help ensure that multiple calls to gdmdynamic do not all try to restart at the same time. A SLEEP value of zero causes the sleep time to be 1 second. Default value is 8 seconds."

4393

msgstr ""

4394

4395

#: C/gdm.xml:5527(title)

4396

msgid "<command>gdmphotosetup</command> Command Line Options"

4397

msgstr ""

4398

4399

#: C/gdm.xml:5529(para)

4400

msgid "Allows the user to select an image that will be used as the user's photo by GDM's face browser, if enabled by GDM. The selected file is stored as <filename>~/.face</filename>. This command accepts standard GNOME options."

4401

msgstr ""

4402

4403

#: C/gdm.xml:5538(title)

4404

msgid "<command>gdmthemetester</command> Command Line Options"

4405

msgstr ""

4406

4407

#: C/gdm.xml:5540(para)

4408

msgid ""

4409

"<command>gdmthemetester</command> takes two parameters. The first parameter specifies the environment and the second parameter specifies the path name or the name of a theme to view. This is a tool for viewing a theme outside of GDM. It is useful for testing or viewing themes. <command>gdmthemetester</command> requires that the system support <command>gdmXnest</command>. Note that themes can display differently depending on the theme's \"Show mode\". <command>gdmthemetester</command> allows viewing the themes in different modes via the environment option. Valid environment values and their meanings follow: <screen>\n"

4410

"console - In console mode.\n"

4411

"console-timed - In console non-flexi mode.\n"

4412

"flexi - In flexi mode.\n"

4413

"xdmcp - In remote (XDMCP) mode.\n"

4414

"remote-flexi - In remote (XDMCP) & flexi mode.\n"

4415

"</screen>"

4416

msgstr ""

4417

4418

#: C/gdm.xml:5566(title)

4419

msgid "GDM Root User Commands"

4420

msgstr ""

4421

4422

#: C/gdm.xml:5568(para)

4423

msgid "The GDM package provides the following different commands in <filename>sbindir</filename> intended to be used by the root user:"

4424

msgstr ""

4425

4426

#: C/gdm.xml:5574(title)

4427

#: C/gdm.xml:5590(title)

4428

msgid "<command>gdm</command> and <command>gdm-binary</command> Command Line Options"

4429

msgstr ""

4430

4431

#: C/gdm.xml:5577(para)

4432

msgid "The <command>gdm</command> command is really just a script which runs the <command>gdm-binary</command>, passing along any options. Before launching <command>gdm-binary</command>, the gdm wrapper script will source the <filename><etc>/profile</filename> file to set the standard system environment variables. In order to better support internationalization, it will also set the LC_MESSAGES environment variable to LANG if neither LC_MESSAGES or LC_ALL are set. If you really need to set some additional environment before launching GDM, you can do so in this script."

4433

msgstr ""

4434

4435

#: C/gdm.xml:5594(term)

4436

msgid "--help"

4437

msgstr "--help"

4438

4439

#: C/gdm.xml:5596(para)

4440

msgid "Gives a brief overview of the command line options."

4441

msgstr ""

4442

4443

#: C/gdm.xml:5603(term)

4444

msgid "--nodaemon"

4445

msgstr "--nodaemon"

4446

4447

#: C/gdm.xml:5605(para)

4448

msgid "If this option is specified, then GDM does not fork into the background when run. You can also use a single-dash version, \"-nodaemon\" for compatibility with other display managers."

4449

msgstr ""

4450

4451

#: C/gdm.xml:5615(term)

4452

msgid "--no-console"

4453

msgstr "--no-console"

4454

4455

#: C/gdm.xml:5617(para)

4456

msgid "Tell the daemon that it should not run anything on the console. This means that none of the local servers from the <filename>[servers]</filename> section will be run, and the console will not be used for communicating errors to the user. An empty <filename>[servers]</filename> section automatically implies this option."

4457

msgstr ""

4458

4459

#: C/gdm.xml:5629(term)

4460

msgid "--config=CONFIGFILE"

4461

msgstr ""

4462

4463

#: C/gdm.xml:5631(para)

4464

msgid "Specify an alternative configuration file."

4465

msgstr ""

4466

4467

#: C/gdm.xml:5638(term)

4468

msgid "--preserve-ld-vars"

4469

msgstr "--preserve-ld-vars"

4470

4471

#: C/gdm.xml:5640(para)

4472

msgid "When clearing the environment internally, preserve all variables starting with LD_. This is mostly for debugging purposes."

4473

msgstr ""

4474

4475

#: C/gdm.xml:5648(term)

4476

msgid "--version"

4477

msgstr "--version"

4478

4479

#: C/gdm.xml:5650(para)

4480

msgid "Print the version of the GDM daemon."

4481

msgstr ""

4482

4483

#: C/gdm.xml:5657(term)

4484

msgid "--wait-for-go"

4485

msgstr "--wait-for-go"

4486

4487

#: C/gdm.xml:5659(para)

4488

msgid "If started with this option, gdm will init, but only start the first local display and then wait for a GO message in the fifo protocol. No greeter will be shown until the GO message is sent. Also flexiserver requests will be denied and XDMCP will not be started until GO is given. This is useful for initialization scripts which wish to start X early, but where you don't yet want the user to start logging in. So the script would send the GO to the fifo once it is ready and GDM will then continue. This functionality was added in version 2.5.90.0."

4489

msgstr ""

4490

4491

#: C/gdm.xml:5677(title)

4492

msgid "<command>gdmsetup</command> Command Line Options"

4493

msgstr ""

4494

4495

#: C/gdm.xml:5679(para)

4496

msgid "<command>gdmsetup</command> runs a graphical application for modifying the GDM configuration file. Normally on systems that support the PAM userhelper, this is setup such that when you run <command>gdmsetup</command> as an ordinary user, it will first ask you for your root password before starting. Otherwise, this application may only be run as root. This application supports standard GNOME options."

4497

msgstr ""

4498

4499

#: C/gdm.xml:5691(title)

4500

msgid "<command>gdm-restart</command> Command Line Options"

4501

msgstr ""

4502

4503

#: C/gdm.xml:5693(para)

4504

msgid "<command>gdm-restart</command> stops and restarts GDM by sending the GDM daemon a HUP signal. This command will immediately terminate all sessions and log out users currently logged in with GDM."

4505

msgstr ""

4506

4507

#: C/gdm.xml:5701(title)

4508

msgid "<command>gdm-safe-restart</command> Command Line Options"

4509

msgstr ""

4510

4511

#: C/gdm.xml:5703(para)

4512

msgid "<command>gdm-safe-restart</command> stops and restarts GDM by sending the GDM daemon a USR1 signal. GDM will be restarted as soon as all users log out."

4513

msgstr ""

4514

4515

#: C/gdm.xml:5711(title)

4516

msgid "<command>gdm-stop</command> Command Line Options"

4517

msgstr ""

4518

4519

#: C/gdm.xml:5713(para)

4520

msgid "<command>gdm-stop</command> stops GDM by sending the GDM daemon a TERM signal."

4521

msgstr ""

4522

4523

#: C/gdm.xml:5721(title)

4524

msgid "GDM Internal Commands"

4525

msgstr ""

4526

4527

#: C/gdm.xml:5723(para)

4528

msgid "The GDM package provides the following different commands in <filename>libexecdir</filename> intended to be used by the gdm daemon process."

4529

msgstr ""

4530

4531

#: C/gdm.xml:5730(title)

4532

msgid "<command>gdmchooser</command> and <command>gdmlogin</command> Command Line Options"

4533

msgstr ""

4534

4535

#: C/gdm.xml:5733(para)

4536

msgid "The <command>gdmgreeter</command> and <command>gdmlogin</command> are two different login applications, either can be used by GDM. <command>gdmgreeter</command> is themeable with GDM themes while <command>gdmlogin</command> is themable with GTK+ themes. These applications are normally executed by the GDM daemon. Both commands support standard GNOME options."

4537

msgstr ""

4538

4539

#: C/gdm.xml:5744(title)

4540

#: C/gdm.xml:5755(title)

4541

msgid "<command>gdmchooser</command> Command Line Options"

4542

msgstr ""

4543

4544

#: C/gdm.xml:5746(para)

4545

msgid "The <command>gdmchooser</command> is the XDMCP chooser application. The <command>gdmchooser</command> is normally executed by the GDM daemon. It supports the following options for XDM compatibility. This command supports standard GNOME options and is found in support standard GNOME options."

4546

msgstr ""

4547

4548

#: C/gdm.xml:5758(term)

4549

msgid "--xdmaddress=SOCKET"

4550

msgstr "--xdmaddress=UTTAG"

4551

4552

#: C/gdm.xml:5760(para)

4553

msgid "Socket for XDM communication."

4554

msgstr ""

4555

4556

#: C/gdm.xml:5767(term)

4557

msgid "--clientaddress=ADDRESS"

4558

msgstr "--clientaddress=ADRESS"

4559

4560

#: C/gdm.xml:5769(para)

4561

msgid "Client address to return in response to XDM. This option is for running gdmchooser with XDM, and is not used within GDM."

4562

msgstr ""

4563

4564

#: C/gdm.xml:5777(term)

4565

msgid "--connectionType=TYPE"

4566

msgstr "--connectionType=TYP"

4567

4568

#: C/gdm.xml:5779(para)

4569

msgid "Connection type to return in response to XDM. This option is for running gdmchooser with XDM, and is not used within GDM."

4570

msgstr ""

4571

4572

#: C/gdm.xml:5789(command)

4573

msgid "gdm-ssh-session"

4574

msgstr "gdm-ssh-session"

4575

4576

#: C/gdm.xml:5791(para)

4577

msgid "The <command>gdm-ssh-session</command> is normally executed by the GDM daemon when starting a secure remote connection through ssh. It does not take any options."

4578

msgstr ""

4579

4580

#: C/gdm.xml:5803(title)

4581

msgid "Themed Greeter"

4582

msgstr ""

4583

4584

#: C/gdm.xml:5805(para)

4585

msgid "This section describes the creation of themes for the Themed Greeter. For examples including screenshots, see the standard installed themes and the themes from <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://art.gnome.org/themes/gdm_greeter/\"> the theme website</ulink>."

4586

msgstr ""

4587

4588

#: C/gdm.xml:5814(title)

4589

msgid "Theme Overview"

4590

msgstr ""

4591

4592

#: C/gdm.xml:5816(para)

4593

msgid "GDM Themes can be created by creating an XML file that follows the specification in gui/greeter/greeter.dtd. Theme files are stored in the directory <filename><share>/gdm/themes/<theme_name></filename>. Usually this would be under <filename>/usr/share</filename>. The theme directory should contain a file called <filename>GdmGreeterTheme.desktop</filename> which has similar format to other .desktop files and looks like:"

4594

msgstr ""

4595

4596

#: C/gdm.xml:5827(screen)

4597

#, no-wrap

4598

msgid ""

4599

"\n"

4600

"[GdmGreeterTheme]\n"

4601

"Encoding=UTF-8\n"

4602

"Greeter=circles.xml\n"

4603

"Name=Circles\n"

4604

"Description=Theme with blue circles\n"

4605

"Author=Bond, James Bond\n"

4606

4607

"Screenshot=screenshot.png\n"

4608

msgstr ""

4609

4610

#: C/gdm.xml:5838(para)

4611

msgid "The Name, Description, Author and Copyright fields can be translated just like the other <filename>.desktop</filename>files. All the files that are mentioned should be in the theme directory itself. The Screenshot field points to a file which should be a 200x150 screenshot of the theme in action (it is OK not to have one, but it makes it nicer for user). The Greeter field points to an XML file that contains the description of the theme. The description will be given later."

4612

msgstr ""

4613

4614

#: C/gdm.xml:5848(para)

4615

msgid "Once you have theme ready and installed you can test it with the installed <command>gdmthemetester</command> script. This script assumes that the X server supports Xnest. This command takes two arguments, first the environment that should be used. This is one of console, console-timed, flexi, remote-flexi, xdmcp. Where console is a standard console login, console-timed is a console login with a timed login going on, flexi is for any local flexible display, remote-flexi is for flexi displays that are not local (such as an Xnest flexiserver run from a remote display) and xdmcp is for remote XDMCP connections. The second argument is the theme name. So for example to test how things look in the XDMCP mode with the circles theme you would run:"

4616

msgstr ""

4617

4618

#: C/gdm.xml:5863(command)

4619

msgid "gdmthemetester xdmcp circles"

4620

msgstr ""

4621

4622

#: C/gdm.xml:5866(para)

4623

msgid "Be sure to test all the environments with your theme, and make sure to test how the caps lock warning looks by pressing caps lock. This is also a good way to take screenshots, just take a screenshot of the Xnest window. This can be done in GNOME by focusing the Xnest window and pressing Alt-PrintScreen."

4624

msgstr ""

4625

4626

#: C/gdm.xml:5874(para)

4627

msgid ""

4628

"Once you have all this done, then make a tarball that contains the directory name (so that you could just untar it in the <filename><share>/gdm/themes</filename> directory). And this is the tarball you distribute and people can install from the graphical configuration application. You can do this with the commands: <screen>\n"

4629

"cd <share>/gdm/themes\n"

4630

"tar czvf <theme_name>.tar.gz <theme_name>/\n"

4631

"</screen>"

4632

msgstr ""

4633

4634

#: C/gdm.xml:5888(title)

4635

msgid "Detailed Description of Theme XML format"

4636

msgstr ""

4637

4638

#: C/gdm.xml:5891(title)

4639

msgid "greeter tag"

4640

msgstr ""

4641

4642

#: C/gdm.xml:5893(para)

4643

msgid "The GDM theme format is specified in XML format contained within a <greeter> tag. You may specify a GTK+ theme to be used with this theme by using the gtk-theme element in the greeter tag as in the following example."

4644

msgstr ""

4645

4646

#: C/gdm.xml:5900(screen)

4647

#, no-wrap

4648

msgid ""

4649

"\n"

4650

"<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"UTF-8\"?>\n"

4651

"<!DOCTYPE greeter SYSTEM \"greeter.dtd\">\n"

4652

"<greeter gtk-theme=\"Crux\">\n"

4653

"[...]\n"

4654

"</greeter>\n"

4655

msgstr ""

4656

"\n"

4657

"<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"UTF-8\"?>\n"

4658

"<!DOCTYPE greeter SYSTEM \"greeter.dtd\">\n"

4659

"<greeter gtk-theme=\"Crux\">\n"

4660

"[...]\n"

4661

"</greeter>\n"

4662

4663

#: C/gdm.xml:5908(para)

4664

msgid "Contained within the greeter tag can be the nodes described in the next sections of this document. Some of these nodes are containers (box nodes, rect item nodes) which can be used to organize how to display the nodes that the user sees and interacts with (such as button, pixmap and entry item nodes)."

4665

msgstr ""

4666

4667

#: C/gdm.xml:5918(title)

4668

msgid "Box Nodes"

4669

msgstr ""

4670

4671

#: C/gdm.xml:5920(para)

4672

msgid ""

4673

"Box nodes are container nodes for item nodes. Box nodes are specified as follows: <screen>\n"

4674

"<box orientation=\"alignment\" min-width=\"num\"\n"

4675

"xpadding=\"num\" ypadding=\"num\" spacing=\"num\"\n"

4676

"homogeneous=\"bool\">\n"

4677

"</screen> Where \"num\" means number and bool means either \"true\" or \"false\" The alignment value can be either \"horizontal\" or \"vertical\". If you leave any property off it will default to zero or \"false\" in case of \"homogeneous\" and \"vertical\" for the orientation."

4678

msgstr ""

4679

4680

#: C/gdm.xml:5936(para)

4681

msgid "If the box is homogeneous then the children are allocated equal amount of space."

4682

msgstr ""

4683

4684

#: C/gdm.xml:5941(para)

4685

msgid "The \"min-width\" must be specified in pixels. Obviously there is also a corresponding \"min-height\" property as well."

4686

msgstr ""

4687

4688

#: C/gdm.xml:5949(title)

4689

msgid "Fixed Nodes"

4690

msgstr ""

4691

4692

#: C/gdm.xml:5951(para)

4693

msgid ""

4694

"Fixed is a container that has its children scattered about laid out with precise coordinates. The size of this container is the biggest rectangle that contains all the children. Fixed has no extra properties and so you just use: <screen>\n"

4695

"<fixed>\n"

4696

"</screen> Then you put other items with proper position nodes inside this."

4697

msgstr ""

4698

4699

#: C/gdm.xml:5962(para)

4700

msgid "The \"toplevel\" node is really just like a fixed node."

4701

msgstr ""

4702

4703

#: C/gdm.xml:5968(title)

4704

msgid "Item Nodes"

4705

msgstr ""

4706

4707

#: C/gdm.xml:5970(para)

4708

msgid "A GDM Theme is created by specifying a hierarchy of item and box nodes. Item nodes can have the following value for \"type\":"

4709

msgstr ""

4710

4711

#: C/gdm.xml:5978(term)

4712

msgid "button"

4713

msgstr ""

4714

4715

#: C/gdm.xml:5980(para)

4716

msgid "A button field. This field uses a GTK+ button. It is also possible to make a \"rect\" item act like a button by setting its button element to true. However it is better to use GTK+ buttons in GDM themes since these are accessible to users with disabilities. Also, GTK+ buttons can be themed. This feature is supported in GDM 2.14.6 and later."

4717

msgstr ""

4718

4719

#: C/gdm.xml:5992(term)

4720

msgid "entry"

4721

msgstr ""

4722

4723

#: C/gdm.xml:5994(para)

4724

msgid "Text entry field."

4725

msgstr ""

4726

4727

#: C/gdm.xml:6001(term)

4728

msgid "label"

4729

msgstr ""

4730

4731

#: C/gdm.xml:6003(para)

4732

msgid "A text label. Must have a \"text\" node to specify the text."

4733

msgstr ""

4734

4735

#: C/gdm.xml:6011(term)

4736

msgid "list"

4737

msgstr ""

4738

4739

#: C/gdm.xml:6013(para)

4740

msgid "A face browser widget. Only useful if the face browser is enabled via the configuration."

4741

msgstr ""

4742

4743

#: C/gdm.xml:6021(term)

4744

msgid "pixmap"

4745

msgstr ""

4746

4747

#: C/gdm.xml:6023(para)

4748

msgid "An pixmap image in a format that gdk-pixbuf supports like PNG, JPEG, Tiff, etc...)"

4749

msgstr ""

4750

4751

#: C/gdm.xml:6031(term)

4752

msgid "rect"

4753

msgstr ""

4754

4755

#: C/gdm.xml:6033(para)

4756

msgid "Rectangle."

4757

msgstr ""

4758

4759

#: C/gdm.xml:6040(term)

4760

msgid "svg"

4761

msgstr "svg"

4762

4763

#: C/gdm.xml:6042(para)

4764

msgid "Scaled Vector Graphic image."

4765

msgstr "Scaled Vector Graphic-bild."

4766

4767

#: C/gdm.xml:6049(para)

4768

msgid ""

4769

"For example: <screen>\n"

4770

"<item type=\"label\">\n"

4771

"</screen> Items can specify ID values which gives them a specific look and feel or formatting. Furthermore you can customize the login process by adding custom widgets with custom id's for some items (currently only the list item)"

4772

msgstr ""

4773

4774

#: C/gdm.xml:6060(para)

4775

msgid "Entry items can have id values as follows:"

4776

msgstr ""

4777

4778

#: C/gdm.xml:6066(term)

4779

msgid "user-pw-entry"

4780

msgstr "user-pw-entry"

4781

4782

#: C/gdm.xml:6068(para)

4783

msgid "Entry field for userid and password entry. This is the field used for responses for the PAM/GDM questions (Username, Password, etc..)."

4784

msgstr ""

4785

4786

#: C/gdm.xml:6077(para)

4787

msgid "List items by default display as lists, but the combo=\"true\" attribute can be used to specify combo box style (combo style supported since GDM 2.16.2). Some predefined lists may be included in a theme by using the following id values. Customized lists may also be defined, which are explained below."

4788

msgstr ""

4789

4790

#: C/gdm.xml:6087(term)

4791

msgid "session"

4792

msgstr "session"

4793

4794

#: C/gdm.xml:6089(para)

4795

msgid "A list of available sessions, which allows the user to pick the session to use. Supported since GDM 2.16.2."

4796

msgstr ""

4797

4798

#: C/gdm.xml:6099(term)

4799

msgid "language"

4800

msgstr "language"

4801

4802

#: C/gdm.xml:6101(para)

4803

msgid "A list of available languages, which allows the user to pick the language to use. Supported since GDM 2.16.2."

4804

msgstr ""

4805

4806

#: C/gdm.xml:6111(term)

4807

msgid "userlist"

4808

msgstr "userlist"

4809

4810

#: C/gdm.xml:6113(para)

4811

msgid "A Face Browser list, so that users can pick their username by clicking on this instead of typing. This obviously exposes the usernames to viewers of the login screen, and is not recommended for users who feel that this reduces security. The face browser does not support combo box style."

4812

msgstr ""

4813

4814

#: C/gdm.xml:6126(term)

4815

msgid "userlist-rect"

4816

msgstr "userlist-rect"

4817

4818

#: C/gdm.xml:6128(para)

4819

msgid "This id can be specified for the <rect> object containing the userlist and if the userlist is empty then this rectangle will not be shown. This allows the theme to define something like an area with a different color and/or alpha to surround the userlist, but only if there are users to display. Supported since 2.16.2."

4820

msgstr ""

4821

4822

#: C/gdm.xml:6140(para)

4823

msgid "Furthermore, you can have an arbitrary id (I'd recommend starting the id with 'custom' not to conflict with future additions to this spec) and ask extra information of the user. See the section 'Custom Widgetry'"

4824

msgstr ""

4825

4826

#: C/gdm.xml:6147(para)

4827

msgid "Label items can have id values as follows:"

4828

msgstr ""

4829

4830

#: C/gdm.xml:6153(term)

4831

msgid "clock"

4832

msgstr "clock"

4833

4834

#: C/gdm.xml:6155(para)

4835

msgid "Label that displays the date and time."

4836

msgstr ""

4837

4838

#: C/gdm.xml:6162(term)

4839

msgid "pam-prompt"

4840

msgstr "pam-prompt"

4841

4842

#: C/gdm.xml:6164(para)

4843

msgid "Label that displays the PAM prompt. This is the prompt that PAM uses to ask for username, password, etc..."

4844

msgstr ""

4845

4846

#: C/gdm.xml:6172(term)

4847

msgid "pam-error"

4848

msgstr "pam-error"

4849

4850

#: C/gdm.xml:6174(para)

4851

msgid "Label that displayst PAM/GDM error messages. Such as when user can't log in."

4852

msgstr ""

4853

4854

#: C/gdm.xml:6182(term)

4855

msgid "pam-error-logo"

4856

msgstr "pam-error-logo"

4857

4858

#: C/gdm.xml:6184(para)

4859

msgid "An image that will be displayed only when a pam-error message is being displayed. This is useful for displaying an \"Attention\" icon, for example. This feature is supported in GDM 2.14.6 and later."

4860

msgstr ""

4861

4862

#: C/gdm.xml:6194(term)

4863

msgid "pam-message"

4864

msgstr "pam-message"

4865

4866

#: C/gdm.xml:6196(para)

4867

msgid "Label that displays the PAM message. These are messages that PAM/GDM gives about state of the account, help about the prompts and other information."

4868

msgstr ""

4869

4870

#: C/gdm.xml:6205(term)

4871

msgid "timed-label"

4872

msgstr "timed-label"

4873

4874

#: C/gdm.xml:6207(para)

4875

msgid "Label that displays timed login information."

4876

msgstr ""

4877

4878

#: C/gdm.xml:6214(para)

4879

msgid "Rectangles can have id values as follows:"

4880

msgstr ""

4881

4882

#: C/gdm.xml:6220(term)

4883

msgid "caps-lock-warning"

4884

msgstr "caps-lock-warning"

4885

4886

#: C/gdm.xml:6222(para)

4887

msgid "Displays an icon that shows if the CAPS LOCK key is depressed. This rectangle will be hidden/shown appropriately"

4888

msgstr ""

4889

4890

#: C/gdm.xml:6231(para)

4891

msgid ""

4892

"If an item is of type rect, the item can be a button. Buttons must also include a \"button\" value as follows: <screen>\n"

4893

"<item type=\"rect\" id=\"disconnect_button\" button=\"true\">.\n"

4894

"</screen>"

4895

msgstr ""

4896

4897

#: C/gdm.xml:6239(para)

4898

msgid "Possible values for button ids are as follows."

4899

msgstr ""

4900

4901

#: C/gdm.xml:6245(term)

4902

msgid "chooser_button"

4903

msgstr "chooser_button"

4904

4905

#: C/gdm.xml:6247(para)

4906

msgid "Runs the XDMCP chooser."

4907

msgstr "Kör XDMCP-väljaren."

4908

4909

#: C/gdm.xml:6254(term)

4910

msgid "config_button"

4911

msgstr "config_button"

4912

4913

#: C/gdm.xml:6256(para)

4914

msgid "Runs the GDM configuration application."

4915

msgstr ""

4916

4917

#: C/gdm.xml:6263(term)

4918

msgid "custom_cmd_button[0-9]"

4919

msgstr "custom_cmd_button[0-9]"

4920

4921

#: C/gdm.xml:6265(para)

4922

msgid "Runs the <filename>n-th</filename> custom command."

4923

msgstr ""

4924

4925

#: C/gdm.xml:6272(term)

4926

msgid "disconnect_button"

4927

msgstr "disconnect_button"

4928

4929

#: C/gdm.xml:6274(para)

4930

msgid "Disconnect from remote session."

4931

msgstr ""

4932

4933

#: C/gdm.xml:6281(term)

4934

msgid "language_button"

4935

msgstr "language_button"

4936

4937

#: C/gdm.xml:6283(para)

4938

msgid "Displays the language selection dialog."

4939

msgstr ""

4940

4941

#: C/gdm.xml:6290(term)

4942

msgid "halt_button"

4943

msgstr "halt_button"

4944

4945

#: C/gdm.xml:6292(para)

4946

msgid "Halt (shuts down) the system."

4947

msgstr ""

4948

4949

#: C/gdm.xml:6299(term)

4950

msgid "reboot_button"

4951

msgstr "reboot_button"

4952

4953

#: C/gdm.xml:6301(para)

4954

msgid "Restart the system."

4955

msgstr "Starta om systemet."

4956

4957

#: C/gdm.xml:6308(term)

4958

msgid "session_button"

4959

msgstr "session_button"

4960

4961

#: C/gdm.xml:6310(para)

4962

msgid "List and select from available sessions."

4963

msgstr ""

4964

4965

#: C/gdm.xml:6317(term)

4966

msgid "suspend_button"

4967

msgstr "suspend_button"

4968

4969

#: C/gdm.xml:6319(para)

4970

msgid "Suspend the system."

4971

msgstr ""

4972

4973

#: C/gdm.xml:6326(term)

4974

msgid "system_button"

4975

msgstr "system_button"

4976

4977

#: C/gdm.xml:6328(para)

4978

msgid "Perform halt/restart/suspend/etc. options (if allowed by GDM configuration). Also allows user to run configurator if user enters root password (again if allowed by GDM configuration). This is usually now labeled Actions, and referred to as the Actions menu."

4979

msgstr ""

4980

4981

#: C/gdm.xml:6341(title)

4982

msgid "Position Node"

4983

msgstr ""

4984

4985

#: C/gdm.xml:6343(para)

4986

msgid ""

4987

"Each item can specify its position and size via the \"pos\" node. For example: <screen>\n"

4988

"<pos x=\"0\" y=\"4\" width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\"/>\n"

4989

"</screen>"

4990

msgstr ""

4991

4992

#: C/gdm.xml:6351(para)

4993

msgid "Both position and size can be given in percent and it will be taken as the percentage of the size of the current container. For toplevel items it's the percentage of the whole screen."

4994

msgstr ""

4995

4996

#: C/gdm.xml:6357(para)

4997

msgid "For x and y, you can also specify a negative position which means position from the right or bottom edge. But this only applies with absolute coordinates. With percentage you can specify negative position and it will be still from the same edge."

4998

msgstr ""

4999

5000

#: C/gdm.xml:6364(para)

5001

msgid ""

5002

"The position also specifies the anchor of the item, this can be \"n\" \"ne\" \"e\" \"se\" \"s\" \"sw\" \"w\" and \"nw\" or \"center\" which stand for the different edges/corners or \"center\" for center. For example: <screen>\n"

5003

"<pos x=\"10%\" y=\"50%\" anchor=\"w\" width=\"80%\" height=\"95\"/>\n"

5004

"</screen>"

5005

msgstr ""

5006

5007

#: C/gdm.xml:6375(para)

5008

msgid "If the item contains a box, you can specify width and height to be \"box\" to mean that they are supposed to be the width and height of the box, that is the items in the box plus the padding."

5009

msgstr ""

5010

5011

#: C/gdm.xml:6381(para)

5012

msgid "If the item contains an SVG image, you can specify width and height to be \"scale\" to mean that the SVG image should be scaled to fit the requested area."

5013

msgstr ""

5014

5015

#: C/gdm.xml:6387(para)

5016

msgid "You can also specify an \"expand\" property to either be \"true\" or false. If true then the child will be expanded in the box as much as possible (that is it will be given more space if available)."

5017

msgstr ""

5018

5019

#: C/gdm.xml:6394(para)

5020

msgid ""

5021

"There are two extra properties you can specify (as of 2.4.4.3) for labels (and labels only). The first is \"max-width\" which will specify the maximum width of the label in pixels. And the second is \"max-screen-percent-width\" which specifies the maximum percentage of the screen width that the label can occupy. By default no label will occupy more then 90% of the screen by width. An example may be: <screen>\n"

5022

"<item type=\"label\">\n"

5023

"<pos x=\"10%\" max-screen-percent-width=\"50%\"/>\n"

5024

"</screen>"

5025

msgstr ""

5026

5027

#: C/gdm.xml:6410(title)

5028

msgid "Show Node"

5029

msgstr ""

5030

5031

#: C/gdm.xml:6412(para)

5032

msgid "Some items may only display in certain modes, like when doing a remote display. Multiple values can be specified and must be separated with commas. The following values are possible:"

5033

msgstr ""

5034

5035

#: C/gdm.xml:6418(para)

5036

msgid "<filename>console</filename> - In console mode."

5037

msgstr ""

5038

5039

#: C/gdm.xml:6421(para)

5040

msgid "<filename>console-fixed</filename> - In console non-flexi mode."

5041

msgstr ""

5042

5043

#: C/gdm.xml:6424(para)

5044

msgid "<filename>console-flexi</filename> - In console & flexi mode."

5045

msgstr ""

5046

5047

#: C/gdm.xml:6427(para)

5048

msgid "<filename>flexi</filename> - In flexi mode."

5049

msgstr ""

5050

5051

#: C/gdm.xml:6430(para)

5052

msgid "<filename>remote</filename> - In remote mode."

5053

msgstr ""

5054

5055

#: C/gdm.xml:6433(para)

5056

msgid "<filename>remote-flexi</filename> - In remote & flexi mode."

5057

msgstr ""

5058

5059

#: C/gdm.xml:6437(para)

5060

msgid ""

5061

"For example: <screen>\n"

5062

"<show modes=\"flexi,remote\"/>\n"

5063

"</screen>"

5064

msgstr ""

5065

5066

#: C/gdm.xml:6444(para)

5067

msgid "You can also specify the \"type\" value to indicate that certain items should only be displayed if the type is true. Valid values include the following:"

5068

msgstr ""

5069

5070

#: C/gdm.xml:6450(para)

5071

msgid "<filename>chooser</filename>, if ChooserButton is set to \"true\" in the GDM configuration."

5072

msgstr ""

5073

5074

#: C/gdm.xml:6454(para)

5075

msgid "<filename>config</filename>, if ConfigAvailable is set to \"true\" in the GDM configuration."

5076

msgstr ""

5077

5078

#: C/gdm.xml:6458(para)

5079

msgid "<filename>custom_cmd[0-9]</filename>, if <filename>n-th</filename> CustomCommand is specified in the GDM configuration."

5080

msgstr ""

5081

5082

#: C/gdm.xml:6462(para)

5083

msgid "<filename>halt</filename>, if HaltDaemon is specified in the GDM configuration."

5084

msgstr ""

5085

5086

#: C/gdm.xml:6466(para)

5087

msgid "<filename>reboot</filename>, if RebootCommand is specified in the GDM configuration."

5088

msgstr ""

5089

5090

#: C/gdm.xml:6470(para)

5091

msgid "<filename>suspend</filename>, if SuspendCommand is specified in the GDM configuration."

5092

msgstr ""

5093

5094

#: C/gdm.xml:6474(para)

5095

msgid "<filename>system</filename>, if SystemMenu is specified in the GDM configuration."

5096

msgstr ""

5097

5098

#: C/gdm.xml:6478(para)

5099

msgid "<filename>timed</filename>, if TimedLoginEnabled is set to \"true\" in the GDM configuration."

5100

msgstr ""

5101

5102

#: C/gdm.xml:6483(para)

5103

msgid ""

5104

"For example: <screen>\n"

5105

"<show modes=\"console\" type=\"system\"/>\n"

5106

"</screen>"

5107

msgstr ""

5108

5109

#: C/gdm.xml:6490(para)

5110

msgid "Note that if SystemMenu is off then the halt, restart, suspend, chooser and config choices will not be shown, so this is a global toggle for them all. See some of the standard themes for how the show modes are used."

5111

msgstr ""

5112

5113

#: C/gdm.xml:6499(title)

5114

msgid "Normal/Active/Prelight Nodes"

5115

msgstr ""

5116

5117

#: C/gdm.xml:6501(para)

5118

msgid "Depending on the item type (except for userlist - refer to Color node below), it can specify its color, font, or image via the following tags:"

5119

msgstr ""

5120

5121

#: C/gdm.xml:6507(para)

5122

msgid "<filename>normal</filename> - normal state."

5123

msgstr ""

5124

5125

#: C/gdm.xml:6510(para)

5126

msgid "<filename>active</filename> - when the item has active focus."

5127

msgstr ""

5128

5129

#: C/gdm.xml:6513(para)

5130

msgid "<filename>prelight</filename> - when the mouse is hovering over the item."

5131

msgstr ""

5132

5133

#: C/gdm.xml:6518(para)

5134

msgid ""

5135

"When item is \"rect\" (alpha can be omitted and defaults to 0.0): <screen>\n"

5136

"<normal color=\"#ffffff\" alpha=\"0.0\">\n"

5137

"</screen>"

5138

msgstr ""

5139

5140

#: C/gdm.xml:6526(para)

5141

msgid ""

5142

"When item is \"label\" <screen>\n"

5143

"<normal color=\"#ffffff\" font=\"Sans 14\"/>\n"

5144

"</screen>"

5145

msgstr ""

5146

5147

#: C/gdm.xml:6533(para)

5148

msgid ""

5149

"When the item type is \"pixmap\" or \"SVG\", then the normal, active, and prelight tags specify the images to use as follows: <screen>\n"

5150

"<normal file=\"picture.png\" tint=\"#dddddd\"/>\n"

5151

"</screen>"

5152

msgstr ""

5153

5154

#: C/gdm.xml:6542(para)

5155

msgid "Note that relative pathnames are assumed to be in the same directory as the theme <filename>.xml</filename> file in <filename><share>/gdm/themes/<theme_name></filename>."

5156

msgstr ""

5157

5158

#: C/gdm.xml:6548(para)

5159

msgid ""

5160

"Note that alternative image file can be specified using the altfile[n] property. GDM will use the last valid image filename specified. For example: <screen>\n"

5161

"<normal file=\"picture.png\" altfile1=\"distribution-blah-image.png\" altfile2=\"distribution-foo-image.png\"/>\n"

5162

"</screen> If <filename>distribution-foo-image.png</filename> is a valid image filename it will be used. Otherwise distribution-blah-image.png will be used if valid. This feature supported since 2.16.3."

5163

msgstr ""

5164

5165

#: C/gdm.xml:6563(title)

5166

msgid "Face Browser Icon/Label Color Nodes"

5167

msgstr ""

5168

5169

#: C/gdm.xml:6565(para)

5170

msgid "If the item type is of userlist, then the background color for the icon and label can be set separately via the the following tag:"

5171

msgstr ""

5172

5173

#: C/gdm.xml:6571(screen)

5174

#, no-wrap

5175

msgid ""

5176

"\n"

5177

"<color iconcolor=\"#dddddd\" labelcolor=\"#ffffff\"/>\n"

5178

msgstr ""

5179

5180

#: C/gdm.xml:6578(title)

5181

msgid "Text Node"

5182

msgstr ""

5183

5184

#: C/gdm.xml:6580(para)

5185

msgid ""

5186

"Text tags are used by labels. They can be used to display localized text as follows (if the \"xml:lang\" attribute is omitted, the C locale is assumed): <screen>\n"

5187

"<text xml:lang=\"fr\">Option</text>\n"

5188

"</screen>"

5189

msgstr ""

5190

5191

#: C/gdm.xml:6589(para)

5192

msgid ""

5193

"You can include pango markup in the text nodes for labels, however you must encode it. So for example to have the label of \"foo<sup>bar</sup>\", you must type: <screen>\n"

5194

"<text>\"foo<sup>bar</sup>\"</text>\n"

5195

"</screen>"

5196

msgstr ""

5197

5198

#: C/gdm.xml:6598(para)

5199

msgid "Text nodes can contain the following special character sequences which will be translated as follows:"

5200

msgstr ""

5201

5202

#: C/gdm.xml:6603(para)

5203

msgid "%% - A literal % character"

5204

msgstr ""

5205

5206

#: C/gdm.xml:6606(para)

5207

msgid "%c - Clock time. Only labels with the \"clock\" id will update automatically every second. Other labels will contain a static timestamp."

5208

msgstr ""

5209

5210

#: C/gdm.xml:6611(para)

5211

msgid "%d - Display name (DISPLAY environment variable)"

5212

msgstr ""

5213

5214

#: C/gdm.xml:6614(para)

5215

msgid "%h - Hostname (gethostname output)"

5216

msgstr ""

5217

5218

#: C/gdm.xml:6617(para)

5219

msgid "%m - Machine name (uname.machine output)"

5220

msgstr ""

5221

5222

#: C/gdm.xml:6620(para)

5223

msgid "%n - Node name (uname.nodename output)"

5224

msgstr ""

5225

5226

#: C/gdm.xml:6623(para)

5227

msgid "%o - Domain name (getdomainname output)"

5228

msgstr ""

5229

5230

#: C/gdm.xml:6626(para)

5231

msgid "%r - Release name (uname.release output)"

5232

msgstr ""

5233

5234

#: C/gdm.xml:6629(para)

5235

msgid "%s - System name (uname.sysname output)"

5236

msgstr ""

5237

5238

#: C/gdm.xml:6632(para)

5239

msgid "%t - Current timed delay value from configuration file (0 if off) followed by the word \"seconds\" if value is greater than 1 or the word \"second\" if the value is 1. This character sequence is intended to be only used internally to display the \"timed-label\" message, which is automatically updated every second."

5240

msgstr ""

5241

5242

#: C/gdm.xml:6640(para)

5243

msgid "%u - Timed username value from configuration file (empty if off) This character sequence is intended to be only used internally to display the \"timed-label\" message, which is automatically updated every second."

5244

msgstr ""

5245

5246

#: C/gdm.xml:6646(para)

5247

msgid ""

5248

"\\n"

5249

" - Carriage return"

5250

msgstr ""

5251

5252

#: C/gdm.xml:6649(para)

5253

msgid "_ - An underscore causes the following character to be underlined. If it precedes a % character sequence, the string that replaces the character sequence is underlined."

5254

msgstr ""

5255

5256

#: C/gdm.xml:6657(title)

5257

msgid "Stock"

5258

msgstr ""

5259

5260

#: C/gdm.xml:6659(para)

5261

msgid "Certain common localized labels can be specified via the stock tags. The \"text\" tag is ignored if the \"stock\" tag is used. You should really use the stock labels rather then just putting all the translations into the themes. This gives faster load times and likely better translations. The following values are valid:"

5262

msgstr ""

5263

5264

#: C/gdm.xml:6668(para)

5265

msgid "<filename>cancel</filename>, _(\"_Cancel\""

5266

msgstr ""

5267

5268

#: C/gdm.xml:6671(para)

5269

msgid "<filename>caps-lock-warning</filename>, _(\"Caps Lock key is on.\""

5270

msgstr ""

5271

5272

#: C/gdm.xml:6675(para)

5273

msgid "<filename>chooser</filename>, _(\"Remote Login via _XDMCP\""

5274

msgstr ""

5275

5276

#: C/gdm.xml:6678(para)

5277

msgid "<filename>config</filename>, _(\"_Configure\""

5278

msgstr ""

5279

5280

#: C/gdm.xml:6681(para)

5281

msgid "<filename>custom_cmd[0-9]</filename>, _(\"Custom_[0-9]\""

5282

msgstr ""

5283

5284

#: C/gdm.xml:6684(para)

5285

msgid "<filename>disconnect</filename>, _(\"D_isconnect\""

5286

msgstr ""

5287

5288

#: C/gdm.xml:6687(para)

5289

msgid "<filename>halt</filename>, _(\"Shut _Down\""

5290

msgstr ""

5291

5292

#: C/gdm.xml:6690(para)

5293

msgid "<filename>language</filename>, _(\"_Language\""

5294

msgstr "<filename>language</filename>, _(\"_Språk\""

5295

5296

#: C/gdm.xml:6693(para)

5297

msgid "<filename>ok</filename>, _(\"_OK\""

5298

msgstr "<filename>ok</filename>, _(\"_OK\""

5299

5300

#: C/gdm.xml:6696(para)

5301

msgid "<filename>quit</filename>, _(\"_Quit\""

5302

msgstr "<filename>quit</filename>, _(\"_Avsluta\""

5303

5304

#: C/gdm.xml:6699(para)

5305

msgid "<filename>reboot</filename>, _(\"_Restart\""

5306

msgstr "<filename>reboot</filename>, _(\"_Starta om\""

5307

5308

#: C/gdm.xml:6702(para)

5309

msgid "<filename>session</filename>, _(\"_Session\""

5310

msgstr "<filename>session</filename>, _(\"_Session\""

5311

5312

#: C/gdm.xml:6705(para)

5313

msgid "<filename>startover</filename>, _(\"_Start Over\""

5314

msgstr ""

5315

5316

#: C/gdm.xml:6708(para)

5317

msgid "<filename>suspend</filename>, _(\"Sus_pend\""

5318

msgstr ""

5319

5320

#: C/gdm.xml:6711(para)

5321

msgid "<filename>system</filename>, _(\"_Actions\" (Formerly \"S_ystem\""

5322

msgstr ""

5323

5324

#: C/gdm.xml:6715(para)

5325

msgid "<filename>timed-label</filename>, _(\"User %u will login in %t\""

5326

msgstr ""

5327

5328

#: C/gdm.xml:6719(para)

5329

msgid "<filename>username-label</filename>, _(\"Username:\""

5330

msgstr "<filename>username-label</filename>, _(\"Användarnamn:\""

5331

5332

#: C/gdm.xml:6722(para)

5333

msgid "<filename>welcome-label</filename>, _(\"Welcome to %n\""

5334

msgstr "<filename>welcome-label</filename>, _(\"Välkommen till %n\""

5335

5336

#: C/gdm.xml:6726(para)

5337

msgid ""

5338

"For example: <screen>\n"

5339

"<stock type=\"welcome-label\">\n"

5340

"</screen>"

5341

msgstr ""

5342

"Till exempel: <screen>\n"

5343

"<stock type=\"welcome-label\">\n"

5344

"</screen>"

5345

5346

#: C/gdm.xml:6735(title)

5347

msgid "Custom Widgetry"

5348

msgstr ""

5349

5350

#: C/gdm.xml:6737(para)

5351

msgid "Currently there is one item which is customizable and this is the list item. If you need to ask the user extra things, such as to pick from a list of places to log into, or set of custom login sessions you can setup the list item and add listitem children that describe the choices. Each listitem must have an id and a text child. The choice will be recorded in the file <filename><ServAuthDir>/<display>.GreeterInfo</filename> as <filename><list id>=<listitem id></filename>."

5352

msgstr ""

5353

5354

#: C/gdm.xml:6748(para)

5355

msgid "For example suppose we are on display :0, <filename>ServAuthDir</filename> is <filename><var>/lib/gdm</filename> and we have the following in the theme:"

5356

msgstr ""

5357

5358

#: C/gdm.xml:6755(screen)

5359

#, no-wrap

5360

msgid ""

5361

"\n"

5362

"<item type=\"list\" id=\"custom-config\">\n"

5363

"<pos anchor=\"nw\" x=\"1\" y=\"1\" height=\"200\" width=\"100\">\n"

5364

"<listitem id=\"foo\">\n"

5365

"<text>Foo</text>\n"

5366

"</listitem>\n"

5367

"<listitem id=\"bar\">\n"

5368

"<text>Bar</text>\n"

5369

"</listitem>\n"

5370

"</item>\n"

5371

msgstr ""

5372

5373

#: C/gdm.xml:6767(para)

5374

msgid ""

5375

"Then if the user chooses 'Foo' then <filename><var>/lib/gdm/:0.GreeterInfo</filename> will contain: <screen>\n"

5376

"custom-config=foo\n"

5377

"</screen>"

5378

msgstr ""

5379

5380

#: C/gdm.xml:6779(title)

5381

msgid "Accessibility"

5382

msgstr "Hjälpmedel"

5383

5384

#: C/gdm.xml:6780(para)

5385

msgid "GDM supports \"Accessible Login\" to allow users to log in to their desktop session even if they cannot easily use the screen, mouse, or keyboard in the usual way. Only the \"Standard Greeter\" supports accessibility, so use this login GUI for accessibility support. This is done by specifying the \"Standard Greeter\" in the \"Local\" tab for the console display and specifying the \"Standard Greeter\" in the \"Remote\" tab for remote displays. Or you can modify the <filename>Greeter</filename> configuration option by hand to be <command>gdmlogin</command>."

5386

msgstr ""

5387

5388

#: C/gdm.xml:6792(para)

5389

msgid "The Standard Greeter supports the ability to launch assistive technologies at login time via configurable \"gestures\" from the standard keyboard, pointing device, or switch device attached to the USB or PS/2 mouse port. Also the user can change the visual appearance of the login UI before logging in, for instance to use a higher-contrast color scheme for better visibility."

5390

msgstr ""

5391

5392

#: C/gdm.xml:6802(title)

5393

msgid "Accessibility Configuration"

5394

msgstr ""

5395

5396

#: C/gdm.xml:6803(para)

5397

msgid "In order to enable Accessible Login, the system administrator must make some changes to the default login configuration by manually modifying three human-readable configuration files, stored in the GDM configuration, AccessKeyMouseEvents and AccessDwellMouseEvents."

5398

msgstr ""

5399

5400

#: C/gdm.xml:6811(para)

5401

msgid "In order to allow users to change the color and contrast scheme of the login dialog, make sure the <filename>AllowThemeChange</filename> parameter in the GDM configuration is set to \"true\"."

5402

msgstr ""

5403

5404

#: C/gdm.xml:6818(para)

5405

msgid "To restrict user changes to the visual appearance to a subset of available themes, the <filename>GtkThemesToAllow</filename> parameter in the GDM configuration can be set to a list of acceptable themes separated by commas. For example:"

5406

msgstr ""

5407

5408

#: C/gdm.xml:6825(screen)

5409

#, no-wrap

5410

msgid ""

5411

"\n"

5412

"GtkThemesToAllow=HighContrast,HighContrastInverse\n"

5413

msgstr ""

5414

5415

#: C/gdm.xml:6829(para)

5416

msgid "To enable the use of assistive technologies such as the Onscreen Keyboard, Screen Reader, or Magnifier, the <filename>AddGtkModules</filename> parameter in the GDM configuration must be uncommented and set to \"true\". Also the <filename>GtkModulesList</filename> parameter must be uncommented and set as follows:"

5417

msgstr ""

5418

5419

#: C/gdm.xml:6838(screen)

5420

#, no-wrap

5421

msgid ""

5422

"\n"

5423

"GtkModulesList=gail:atk-bridge:dwellmouselistener:keymouselistener\n"

5424

msgstr ""

5425

5426

#: C/gdm.xml:6842(para)

5427

msgid "The use of assistive technologies and the atk-bridge module requires the registry daemon, <command>at-spi-registryd</command>, to be running. This is handled by the GDM GUI starting with version 2.17."

5428

msgstr ""

5429

5430

#: C/gdm.xml:6849(para)

5431

msgid "System administrators may wish to load only the minimum subset of these modules which is required to support their user base. Depending on the end-user needs, not all of the above GtkModules may need to be loaded. If your end-users need the integrated Screen Reader and Magnifier, you must include \"gail\" and \"atk-bridge\". If your end-users will be using a pointing device without buttons or switches, include \"dwellmouselistener\". If some of your users will use pointing devices with switches, alternative physical keyboards, or switch/button devices, include \"keymouselistener\". Including all four is suitable for most system configurations. The Onscreen Keyboard can operate without gail and atk-bridge, but with a reduced feature set; for optimum accessibility we recommend including both gail and atk-bridge."

5432

msgstr ""

5433

5434

#: C/gdm.xml:6866(para)

5435

msgid "Once \"keymouselistener\" and/or \"dwellmouselistener\" have been added to the GtkModules loaded by GDM, you can assign end-user actions with the launching of specific assistive technologies. These gesture associations are contained in files AccessKeyMouseEvents and AccessDwellMouseEvents, respectively. Both files are located in the <etc>/gdm/modules directory. The gesture format is described in the two configuration files."

5436

msgstr ""

5437

5438

#: C/gdm.xml:6877(para)

5439

msgid "The AccessKeyMouseEvents file controls the keymouselistener Gesture Listener and is used to define key-press, mouse button, or XInput device sequences that can be used to launch applications needed for accessibility. In order to reduce the likelihood of unintentional launch, these \"gestures\" may be associated with multiple switch presses and/or minimum durations. Note that the XKB extension is needed for key gestures to work, so you may need to add +xkb to your Xserver command line for gestures to work properly."

5440

msgstr ""

5441

5442

#: C/gdm.xml:6889(para)

5443

msgid "The DwellKeyMouseEvents file controls the dwellmouselistner and supports gestures that involve only motion of a pointing device such as the system mouse of an alternative pointing device such as a head pointer or trackball may also be defined. All gestures are specified by the same syntax; that is, there is no distinction between a \"core mouse\" gesture and motion from an alternate input device."

5444

msgstr ""

5445

5446

#: C/gdm.xml:6899(para)

5447

msgid "Motion gestures are defined as \"crossing events\" into and out of the login dialog window. If the \"dwellmouselistener\" GtkModule is loaded, alternative pointing devices are temporarily \"latched\" to the core pointer, such that motion from alternative devices results in movement of the onscreen pointer."

5448

msgstr ""

5449

5450

#: C/gdm.xml:6908(para)

5451

msgid "In order to use text-to-speech services at login time (for instance, when using the Screen Reader in speech mode) on some operating systems, the GDM user must be made a member of the \"audio\" group"

5452

msgstr ""

5453

5454

#: C/gdm.xml:6915(para)

5455

msgid "Currently GDM does not remember what accessible technology programs have been started when switching applications. So if the user switches between the login program and the chooser, for example, then it is necessary for the user to redo the gesture. Users may need to also set up their default session so that the assistive technologies required are started automatically (or have appropriate key-bindings defined to start them) after the user session has started."

5456

msgstr ""

5457

5458

#: C/gdm.xml:6926(para)

5459

msgid "There are some issues that cause users to have problems getting the gesture listeners to work. It is recommended that people use GDM version 2.8.0.5 or later for best results. Some X servers have a bug which causes detectable autorepeat to fail when XEVIE is enabled (which happens when atk-bridge is included as a GTK Module). This bug causes key gestures with a duration greater than 0 to always fail. A workaround is to simply redefine all key gestures so they have zero length duration. Some versions of GOK and gnopernicus will not launch unless the \"gdm\" user has a writable home directory. If you see an hourglass cursor when you complete a gesture but the program does not start, then you are likely having this problem. It should be considered a bug for AT programs to require having a writable home directory, so please file a bug with the AT program if you encounter this problem. Also note that some input devices require X server configuration before GDM will recognize them."

5460

msgstr ""

5461

5462

#: C/gdm.xml:6947(title)

5463

msgid "Accessibility Login Sound Configuration"

5464

msgstr ""

5465

5466

#: C/gdm.xml:6948(para)

5467

msgid "By default, GDM requires a media application such as \"sox\" to be present to play sounds for successful or failed login. GDM defaults the location of this application to <filename><bin>/play</filename> (or <filename><bin>/audioplay</filename> on Solaris. This can be changed via the SoundProgram GDM configuration option. Typically most text-to-speech programs (such as ORCA or Gnopernicus) use a separate mechanism to play audio."

5468

msgstr ""

5469

5470

#: C/gdm.xml:6963(title)

5471

msgid "Solaris Specific Features"

5472

msgstr ""

5473

5474

#: C/gdm.xml:6966(title)

5475

msgid "Solaris Configuration"

5476

msgstr "Konfiguration för Solaris"

5477

5478

#: C/gdm.xml:6967(para)

5479

msgid ""

5480

"On Solaris, the following configuration is recommended. This turns on IPv6 and also turns on PreFetch for performance benefit. <screen>\n"

5481

"./autogen.sh --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc/X11 --localstatedir=/var\n"

5482

" --libexecdir=/usr/lib --enable-ipv6=yes --with-at-bindir=/usr/sfw/bin\n"

5483

" --with-prefetch --with-post-path=/usr/openwin/bin\n"

5484

"</screen>"

5485

msgstr ""

5486

5487

#: C/gdm.xml:6979(para)

5488

msgid "Configuring GDM with the \"--with-post-path=/usr/openwin/bin\" on Solaris is recommended for access to programs like Xnest."

5489

msgstr ""

5490

5491

#: C/gdm.xml:6987(title)

5492

msgid "Solaris /etc/logindevperm"

5493

msgstr "Solaris /etc/logindevperm"

5494

5495

#: C/gdm.xml:6988(para)

5496

msgid "GDM supports /etc/logindevperm, but only on Solaris 10 and higher. Refer to the logindevperm.4 man page for more information."

5497

msgstr ""

5498

5499

#: C/gdm.xml:6993(para)

5500

msgid "To make /etc/logindevperm functionality work on Solaris 9 or earlier you would have to hack the GDM PreSession and PostSession script to chmod the device permissions directly. In other words, if /etc/logindevperm had a listing like this:"

5501

msgstr ""

5502

5503

#: C/gdm.xml:7000(screen)

5504

#, no-wrap

5505

msgid ""

5506

"\n"

5507

"/dev/console 0600 /dev/sound/* # audio devices\n"

5508

msgstr ""

5509

"\n"

5510

"/dev/console 0600 /dev/sound/* # ljudenheter\n"

5511

5512

#: C/gdm.xml:7004(para)

5513

msgid "The PreSession script would need to be modified to chown /dev/console to the user:group who is logging into the console and ensure whatever permissions is specified in /etc/logindevperm (0600 for the line above). Then in the PostSession script chmod the device back to root:root and ensure 0600 this time (do not use the value in the /etc/logindevperm file). Linux uses a different mechanism for managing device permissions, so this extra scripting is not needed."

5514

msgstr ""

5515

5516

#: C/gdm.xml:7017(title)

5517

msgid "Solaris Automatic Login"

5518

msgstr ""

5519

5520

#: C/gdm.xml:7018(para)

5521

msgid "Automatic login does not work on Solaris because PAM is not configured to support this feature by default. Automatic login is a GDM feature that is not enabled by default, so you would only notice this problem if you try to make use of it. Turning this feature on causes your computer to login to a specified username on startup without asking for username and password. This is an insecure way to set up your computer."

5522

msgstr ""

5523

5524

#: C/gdm.xml:7029(para)

5525

msgid "If using Solaris 10 or lower, then you need to compile the pam_allow.c code provided with the GDM release and install it to /usr/lib/security (or provide the full path in /etc/pam.conf) and ensure it is owned by uid 0 and not group or world writable."

5526

msgstr ""

5527

5528

#: C/gdm.xml:7037(para)

5529

msgid "The following are reasonable pam.conf values for turning on automatic login in GDM. Make sure to read the PAM documentation (e.g. pam.d/pam.conf man page) and be comfortable with the security implications of any changes you intend to make to your configuration."

5530

msgstr ""

5531

5532

#: C/gdm.xml:7045(screen)

5533

#, no-wrap

5534

msgid ""

5535

"\n"

5536

" gdm-autologin auth required pam_unix_cred.so.1\n"

5537

" gdm-autologin auth sufficient pam_allow.so.1\n"

5538

" gdm-autologin account sufficient pam_allow.so.1\n"

5539

" gdm-autologin session sufficient pam_allow.so.1\n"

5540

" gdm-autologin password sufficient pam_allow.so.1\n"

5541

msgstr ""

5542

"\n"

5543

" gdm-autologin auth required pam_unix_cred.so.1\n"

5544

" gdm-autologin auth sufficient pam_allow.so.1\n"

5545

" gdm-autologin account sufficient pam_allow.so.1\n"

5546

" gdm-autologin session sufficient pam_allow.so.1\n"

5547

" gdm-autologin password sufficient pam_allow.so.1\n"

5548

5549

#: C/gdm.xml:7053(para)

5550

msgid "The above setup will cause no lastlog entry to be generated. If a lastlog entry is desired, then use the following for session:"

5551

msgstr ""

5552

5553

#: C/gdm.xml:7058(screen)

5554

#, no-wrap

5555

msgid ""

5556

"\n"

5557

" gdm-autologin session required pam_unix_session.so.1\n"

5558

msgstr ""

5559

"\n"

5560

" gdm-autologin session required pam_unix_session.so.1\n"

5561

5562

#: C/gdm.xml:7064(title)

5563

msgid "Other Solaris Features"

5564

msgstr ""

5565

5566

#: C/gdm.xml:7065(para)

5567

msgid "GDM supports a few features specific to Solaris, as follows:"

5568

msgstr ""

5569

5570

#: C/gdm.xml:7069(para)

5571

msgid "GDM supports Solaris Auditing if running on Solaris 10 or higher. GDM should not be used if auditing is needed and running Solaris 9 or older."

5572

msgstr ""

5573

5574

#: C/gdm.xml:7075(para)

5575

msgid "GDM supports a security feature which causes the X server to run as the user instead of as the root user. GDM must be using PAM for this feature to be enabled, which is the normal case for Solaris. This second feature has the side-effect of causing the X server to always restart between sessions, which disables the AlwaysRestartServer configuration option."

5576

msgstr ""

5577

5578

#: C/gdm.xml:7084(para)

5579

msgid "Solaris supports the <filename>/etc/default/login</filename> interface, which affects the <filename>DefaultPath</filename>, <filename>RootPath</filename>, <filename>PasswordRequired</filename>, and <filename>AllowRemoteRoot</filename> options as described in the \"Configuration\" section."

5580

msgstr ""

5581

5582

#: C/gdm.xml:7096(title)

5583

msgid "Example Configurations"

5584

msgstr "Exempelkonfigurationer"

5585

5586

#: C/gdm.xml:7098(para)

5587

msgid "This section has some example configurations that are useful for various setups."

5588

msgstr ""

5589

5590

#: C/gdm.xml:7104(title)

5591

msgid "Terminal Lab With One Server"

5592

msgstr ""

5593

5594

#: C/gdm.xml:7106(para)

5595

msgid "Suppose you want to make a lab full of X terminals that all connect to one server machine. So let's call one X terminal <filename>xterminal</filename> and let's call the server machine <filename>appserver</filename>. You install GDM on both."

5596

msgstr ""

5597

5598

#: C/gdm.xml:7113(para)

5599

msgid ""

5600

"On <filename>appserver</filename> you enable XDMCP, so you have <screen>\n"

5601

"[xdmcp]\n"

5602

"Enable=true\n"

5603

"</screen> If you want no local screens here, you can then make the <filename>[servers]</filename> section empty."

5604

msgstr ""

5605

5606

#: C/gdm.xml:7123(para)

5607

msgid ""

5608

"On the <filename>xterminal</filename> you disable XDMCP (you don't want anyone to connect to the xterminal really). You will add a server type perhaps called <filename>Terminal</filename> as follows: <screen>\n"

5609

"[server-Terminal]\n"

5610

"name=Terminal server\n"

5611

"command=/path/to/X -terminate\n"

5612

"flexible=false\n"

5613

"handled=false\n"

5614

"</screen> This definition should in fact be included in the standard configuration file. Notice that we made the <filename>handled</filename> key false since we don't want GDM to handle this server localy. Also note that we have not yet added the <filename>-query</filename> argument, you can add that here, or in the <filename>[servers]</filename> section. We'll define our local servers as follows: <screen>\n"

5615

"[servers]\n"

5616

"0=Terminal -query appserver\n"

5617

"</screen> This will run a direct XDMCP query to the server named <filename>appserver</filename>."

5618

msgstr ""

5619

5620

#: C/gdm.xml:7151(title)

5621

msgid "Terminal Lab With Two Or More Servers"

5622

msgstr ""

5623

5624

#: C/gdm.xml:7153(para)

5625

msgid "Suppose you want to make a lab full of X terminals that all connect to some choice of servers. For now let's make it <filename>appserverone</filename> and <filename>appservertwo</filename>. Again we'll call our example X terminal server <filename>xterminal</filename>. The setup on both servers is the same as with the case of one server in the previous section. You do not need to explicitly enable indirect queries on the server since we'll run the choosers locally on the X terminals."

5626

msgstr ""

5627

5628

#: C/gdm.xml:7164(para)

5629

msgid ""

5630

"So on the <filename>xterminal</filename> you again disable XDMCP. You will add a server type perhaps called <filename>Chooser</filename> as follows: <screen>\n"

5631

"[server-Chooser]\n"

5632

"name=Chooser server\n"

5633

"command=/path/to/X\n"

5634

"flexible=false\n"

5635

"chooser=true\n"

5636

"</screen> And again this definition should in fact be included in the standard configuration file. Notice that we made the <filename>chooser</filename> key true here. This will run the XDMCP chooser for this server, and when the user chooses a host GDM will run a query for that host. Then we will define our local servers as follows: <screen>\n"

5637

"[servers]\n"

5638

"0=Chooser\n"

5639

"</screen>"

5640

msgstr ""

5641

5642

#: C/gdm.xml:7187(para)

5643

msgid ""

5644

"The XDMCP chooser on the X terminal will normally give a broadcast query to see which servers exist on the network. If the two servers are not reachable by a broadcast query, you must add them by hand to the configuration file. So in the <filename>[chooser]</filename> section you would have: <screen>\n"

5645

"Hosts=appserverone,appservertwo\n"

5646

"</screen> and any other servers you wish the users to be able to connect to."

5647

msgstr ""

5648

5649

#: C/gdm.xml:7199(para)

5650

msgid ""

5651

"Sometimes you may want to run the chooser on the server side however. Then what you want to do is to run a configuration similar to the previous section about the one server configuration with XDMCP indirect queries enabled on <filename>appserver</filename> and on the X terminals you'd have <screen>\n"

5652

"[servers]\n"

5653

"0=Terminal -indirect appserver\n"

5654

"</screen> This way for example you only have to maintain one <filename>Hosts</filename> entry. However as a disadvantage then, the <filename>appserver</filename> must then always be available. So it's not good for situations where you want to have several servers and not all of them have to be on all the time. You could also have one of the X terminals handle indirect XDMCP queries and serve up the chooser to the other X terminals."

5655

msgstr ""

5656

5657

#: C/gdm.xml:7220(title)

5658

msgid "Defining Custom Commands"

5659

msgstr ""

5660

5661

#: C/gdm.xml:7222(para)

5662

msgid ""

5663

"Suppose you want to add a custom command to the GDM menu that will give you the oportunity to boot into other operating system such as Windoze. Jsut add the following options into the <filename>[customcommand]</filename> section of the GDM configuration file. <screen>\n"

5664

" [customcommand]\n"

5665

" CustomCommand0=/sbin/rebootwindoze;/usr/local/sbin/rebootwindoze\n"

5666

" CustomCommandLabel0=_Windoze\n"

5667

" CustomCommandLRLabel0=Reboot into _Windoze\n"

5668

" CustomCommandText0=Are you sure you want to restart the computer into Windoze?\n"

5669

" CustomCommandTooltip0=Restarts the computer into Windoze\n"

5670

" CustomCommandIsPersistent0=true\n"

5671

" </screen> CustomCommand0 specifies two commands separated by a semicolon: <filename>/sbin/rebootwindoze</filename> and <filename>/usr/local/sbin/rebootwindoze</filename>. GDM will use the first valid command in the list. This allows different commands for different operating systems to be included."

5672

msgstr ""

5673

5674

#: C/gdm.xml:7245(para)

5675

msgid ""

5676

"Note, that besides being able to customise this option to reboot into different operating systems you can also use it to define your own custom behaviours that you wish to run from the GDM menu. Suppose you want to give users the oportunity to run system update scripts from the login screen. Add the following options into the <filename>[customcommand]</filename> section of your GDM configuration file. <screen>\n"

5677

" [customcommand]\n"

5678

" CustomCommand0=/sbin/updatesystem;/usr/local/sbin/updatesystem\n"

5679

" CustomCommandLabel0=_Update Me\n"

5680

" CustomCommandLRLabel0=Update the system\n"

5681

" CustomCommandText0=Are you sure you want to update the system software?\n"

5682

" CustomCommandTooltip0=Updates the system\n"

5683

" CustomCommandNoRestart0=true\n"

5684

" </screen>"

5685

msgstr ""

5686

5687

#: C/gdm.xml:7265(para)

5688

msgid ""

5689

"Both custom commands could be defined as follows. <screen>\n"

5690

" [customcommand]\n"

5691

" CustomCommand0=/sbin/rebootwindoze;/usr/local/sbin/rebootwindoze\n"

5692

" CustomCommandLabel0=_Windoze\n"

5693

" CustomCommandLRLabel0=Reboot into _Windoze\n"

5694

" CustomCommandText0=Are you sure you want to restart the computer into Windoze?\n"

5695

" CustomCommandTooltip0=Restarts the computer into Windoze\n"

5696

" CustomCommandIsPersistent0=true\n"

5697

" \n"

5698

" CustomCommand1=/sbin/updatesystem;/usr/local/sbin/updatesystem\n"

5699

" CustomCommandLabel1=_Update Me\n"

5700

" CustomCommandLRLabel1=Update the system\n"

5701

" CustomCommandText1=Are you sure you want to update the system software?\n"

5702

" CustomCommandTooltip1=Updates the system\n"

5703

" CustomCommandNoRestart1=true\n"

5704

" </screen>"

5705

msgstr ""

5706

5707

#: C/gdm.xml:7286(para)

5708

msgid ""

5709

"There can be up to 10 custom commands numbered 0-9. <screen>\n"

5710

" [customcommand]\n"

5711

" CustomCommand0=/sbin/rebootwindoze;/usr/local/sbin/rebootwindoze\n"

5712

" CustomCommandLabel0=_Windoze\n"

5713

" CustomCommandLRLabel0=Reboot into _Windoze\n"

5714

" CustomCommandText0=Are you sure you want to restart the computer into Windoze?\n"

5715

" CustomCommandTooltip0=Restarts the computer into Windoze\n"

5716

" CustomCommandIsPersistent0=true\n"

5717

" \n"

5718

" CustomCommand1=/sbin/updatesystem;/usr/local/sbin/updatesystem\n"

5719

" CustomCommandLabel1=_Update Me\n"

5720

" CustomCommandLRLabel1=Update the system\n"

5721

" CustomCommandText1=Are you sure you want to update the system software?\n"

5722

" CustomCommandTooltip1=Updates the system\n"

5723

" CustomCommandNoRestart1=true\n"

5724

" \n"

5725

" CustomCommand3=/sbin/do_something\n"

5726

" .\n"

5727

" .\n"

5728

" .\n"

5729

" \n"

5730

" CustomCommand4=/sbin/do_something_else\n"

5731

" .\n"

5732

" .\n"

5733

" .\n"

5734

" </screen>"

5735

msgstr ""

5736

5737

#: C/gdm.xml:7320(title)

5738

msgid "Troubleshooting"

5739

msgstr "Problemlösning"

5740

5741

#: C/gdm.xml:7322(para)

5742

msgid "This section discusses helpful tips for getting GDM working. In general, if you have a problem using GDM, you can submit a bug to the \"gdm\" category in <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</ulink> or send an email to the <address><email>gdm-list@gnome.org</email></address> mail list."

5743

msgstr ""

5744

5745

#: C/gdm.xml:7332(para)

5746

msgid "If GDM is failing to work properly, it is always a good idea to include debug information. Use the <command>gdmsetup</command> command to turn on debug (\"Enable debug messages to system log\" checkbox in the \"Security\" tab), then use GDM to the point where it fails, and include the GDM output sent to your system log (<filename><var>/log/messages</filename> or <filename><var>/adm/messages</filename> depending on your operating system). Since the system log can be large, please only include the GDM debug information and do not sent the entire file. If you do not see any GDM syslog output, you may need to configure syslog (see syslog.3c man page)."

5747

msgstr ""

5748

5749

#: C/gdm.xml:7346(para)

5750

msgid "You should not leave debug on after collecting data. It will clutter your syslog and slow system performance."

5751

msgstr ""

5752

5753

#: C/gdm.xml:7352(title)

5754

msgid "GDM Will Not Start"

5755

msgstr "GDM vill inte starta"

5756

5757

#: C/gdm.xml:7354(para)

5758

msgid "There are a many problems that can cause GDM to fail to start, but this section will discuss a few common problems and how to approach tracking down a problem with GDM starting. Some problems will cause GDM to respond with an error message or dialog when it tries to start, but it can be difficult to track down problems when GDM fails silently."

5759

msgstr ""

5760

5761

#: C/gdm.xml:7363(para)

5762

msgid "First make sure that the Xserver is configured properly. The GDM configuration file contains a command in the [server-Standard] section that is used for starting the Xserver. Verify that this command works on your system. Running this command from the console should start the Xserver. If it fails, then the problem is likely with your Xserver configuration. Refer to your Xserver error log for an idea of what the problem may be. The problem may also be that your Xserver requires different command-line options. If so, then modify the Xserver command in the GDM configuration file so that it is correct for your system."

5763

msgstr ""

5764

5765

#: C/gdm.xml:7376(para)

5766

msgid "Another common problem is that the GDM greeter program is having trouble starting. This can happen, for example, if GDM cannot find a needed library or other resource. Try starting the Xserver and a terminal program, set the shell environment variable DOING_GDM_DEVELOPMENT=1 and run <command><lib>/gdmlogin</command> or <command><lib>/gdmgreeter</command>. Any error messages echoed to the terminal will likely highlight the problem. Also, turning on debug and checking the output sent to the system log will often highlight the problem."

5767

msgstr ""

5768

5769

#: C/gdm.xml:7389(para)

5770

msgid "Also make sure that the <filename>/tmp</filename> directory has reasonable ownership and permissions, and that the machine's file system is not full. These problems will cause GDM to fail to start."

5771

msgstr ""

5772

5773

#: C/gdm.xml:7397(title)

5774

msgid "GDM Will Not Access User Settings"

5775

msgstr ""

5776

5777

#: C/gdm.xml:7399(para)

5778

msgid "GDM saves user settings, such as your default session and default language, in the <filename>~/.dmrc</filename>. Other files, such as the user's <filename>~/.Xauthority</filename> file will also affect login. GDM, by default, is strict about how it tries to access files in the user's home directory, and will ignore the file if they do not conform to certain rules. You can use the <filename>RelaxPermissions</filename> configuration option to make GDM less strict about how it accesses files in the user's home directory, or correct the permissions issues that cause GDM to ignore the file. This is discussed in detail described in the \"File Access\" section of the \"Overview\"."

5779

msgstr ""

5780

5781

#: C/gdm.xml:7418(title)

5782

msgid "License"

5783

msgstr "Licens"

5784

5785

#: C/gdm.xml:7419(para)

5786

msgid "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"gnome-help:gpl\"><citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle></ulink> as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version."

5787

msgstr ""

5788

5789

#: C/gdm.xml:7427(para)

5790

msgid "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details."

5791

msgstr ""

5792

5793

#: C/gdm.xml:7433(para)

5794

msgid "A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.fsf.org\">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to <address> Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state><postcode>02111-1307</postcode><country>USA</country></address>"

5795

msgstr ""

5796

5797

#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.

5798

#: C/gdm.xml:0(None)

5799

msgid "translator-credits"

5800

msgstr "Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>, 2007"

5801